0% found this document useful (0 votes)

394 views203 pages

Da1 Eaton en

This document provides installation and safety instructions for PowerXLTM DA1 Variable Frequency Drives. It lists contact information for break-down service and technical support in various regions. The document outlines important safety precautions that must be followed when installing and operating the drives, including ensuring proper isolation and grounding, covering live parts, following engineering instructions, and implementing external safety measures to prevent injury in the event of a fault. Only qualified personnel should perform installation and maintenance work on the drives.

Uploaded by

Claudio

We take content rights seriously. If you suspect this is your content, claim it here.

Available Formats

Download as PDF, TXT or read online on Scribd

0% found this document useful (0 votes)

394 views203 pages

Da1 Eaton en

Uploaded by

Claudio

We take content rights seriously. If you suspect this is your content, claim it here.

Available Formats

Download as PDF, TXT or read online on Scribd

You are on page 1/ 203

Manual 08/18 MN04020005Z-EN

PowerXL™
DA1
Variabe Frequency Drives
Installation Manual
All proprietary names and product designations are brand names or trademarks
registered to the relevant title holders.

Break-Down Service
Please call your local representative:
http://eaton.com/moeller/aftersales
or
Hotline After Sales Service:
+49 (0) 180 5 223822 (de, en)
AfterSalesEGBonn@eaton.com

For customers in US/Canada contact:

EatonCare Customer Support Center
Call the EatonCare Support Center if you need assistance with placing an order,
stock availability or proof of shipment, expediting an existing order, emergency
shipments, product price information, returns other than warranty returns, and
information on local distributors or sales offices.
Voice: 877-ETN-CARE (386-2273) (8:00 a.m. – 6:00 p.m. EST)
After-Hours Emergency: 800-543-7038 (6:00 p.m. – 8:00 a.m. EST)
Drives Technical Resource Center
Voice: 877-ETN-CARE (386-2273) option 2, option 6
(8:00 a.m. – 5:00 p.m. Central Time U.S. [UTC-6])
email: TRCDrives@Eaton.com
www.eaton.com/drives

Original operating manual

The German-language edition of this document is the original operating manual.
Translation of the original operating manual
All editions of this document other than those in German language are translations of
the original operating manual.
1st published 2012, edition date 10/2012
2nd edition 2016, edition date 01/2016
3rd edition 2016, edition date 11/2016
4th edition 2018, edition date 08/2018

See revision protocol in the “About this manual“ chapter.

© 2012 by Eaton Industries GmbH, 53105 Bonn
Authors: Jörg Randermann, Philipp Hergarten, Sven Stahlmann
Redaction: René Wiegand
All rights reserved, also for the translation.
No part of this manual may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system, or
transmitted in any form or by any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying,
micro-filming, recording or otherwise, without the prior written permission of
Eaton Industries GmbH, Bonn.
Subject to alteration.
Danger!
Dangerous electrical voltage!

Before commencing the installation

• Disconnect the power supply of the device. • Wherever faults in the automation system may cause
injury or material damage, external measures must be
• Ensure that devices cannot be accidentally restarted.
implemented to ensure a safe operating state in the event
• Verify isolation from the supply. of a fault or malfunction (for example, by means of
separate limit switches, mechanical interlocks etc.).
• Earth and short circuit the device.
• Depending on their degree of protection, frequency
• Cover or enclose any adjacent live components.
inverters may contain live bright metal parts, moving or
• Follow the engineering instructions (AWA/IL) for the rotating components or hot surfaces during and
device concerned. immediately after operation.
• Only suitably qualified personnel in accordance with • Removal of the required covers, improper installation or
EN 50110-1/-2 (VDE 0105 Part 100) may work on this incorrect operation of motor or frequency inverter may
device/system. cause the failure of the device and may lead to serious
injury or damage.
• Before installation and before touching the device ensure
that you are free of electrostatic charge. • The applicable national accident prevention and safety
regulations apply to all work carried on live frequency
• The functional earth (FE, PES) must be connected to the
inverters.
protective earth (PE) or the potential equalisation. The
system installer is responsible for implementing this • The electrical installation must be carried out in
connection. accordance with the relevant regulations (e. g. with
regard to cable cross sections, fuses, PE).
• Connecting cables and signal lines should be installed so
that inductive or capacitive interference does not impair • Transport, installation, commissioning and maintenance
the automation functions. work must be carried out only by qualified personnel
(IEC 60364, HD 384 and national occupational safety
• Install automation devices and related operating elements
regulations).
in such a way that they are well protected against
unintentional operation. • Installations containing frequency inverters must be
provided with additional monitoring and protective
• Suitable safety hardware and software measures should
devices in accordance with the applicable safety
be implemented for the I/O interface so that an open
regulations. Modifications to the frequency inverters
circuit on the signal side does not result in undefined
using the operating software are permitted.
states in the automation devices.
• All covers and doors must be kept closed during
• Ensure a reliable electrical isolation of the extra-low
operation.
voltage of the 24 V supply. Only use power supply units
complying with IEC 60364-4-41 (VDE 0100 Part 410) or • To reduce the hazards for people or equipment, the user
HD384.4.41 S2. must include in the machine design measures that restrict
the consequences of a malfunction or failure of the drive
• Deviations of the mains voltage from the rated value must
(increased motor speed or sudden standstill of motor).
not exceed the tolerance limits given in the specifications,
These measures include:
otherwise this may cause malfunction and dangerous
operation. – Other independent devices for monitoring safety-
related variables (speed, travel, end positions etc.).
• Emergency stop devices complying with IEC/EN 60204-1
must be effective in all operating modes of the automation – Electrical or non-electrical system-wide measures
devices. Unlatching the emergency-stop devices must not (electrical or mechanical interlocks).
cause a restart. – Never touch live parts or cable connections of the
Eaton Industries GmbH

frequency inverter after it has been disconnected from

• Devices that are designed for mounting in housings or
Safety instructions

the power supply. Due to the charge in the capacitors,

control cabinets must only be operated and controlled these parts may still be live after disconnection. Fit
after they have been installed and with the housing appropriate warning signs.
closed. Desktop or portable units must only be operated
and controlled in enclosed housings.
• Measures should be taken to ensure the proper restart of
programs interrupted after a voltage dip or failure. This
should not cause dangerous operating states even for a
short time. If necessary, emergency-stop devices should
be implemented.
Table of contents
0 About This Manual..................................................................... 5
0.1 Target group................................................................................. 5
0.2 Change protocol ........................................................................... 6
0.3 Writing conventions ..................................................................... 7
0.3.1 Hazard warnings of material damages ......................................... 7
0.3.2 Hazard warnings of personal injury .............................................. 7
0.3.3 Tips............................................................................................... 7
0.4 Documents with additional information ....................................... 8
0.5 Abbreviations ............................................................................... 8
0.6 Mains supply voltages.................................................................. 9
0.7 Units of measurement ................................................................. 9

1 DA1 device series ....................................................................... 11

1.1 Introduction .................................................................................. 11
1.2 System overview ......................................................................... 12
1.3 Checking the delivery................................................................... 13
1.4 Rated operational data ................................................................. 15
1.4.1 Rated operational data on the rating plate ................................... 15
1.4.2 Catalog number selection ............................................................ 17
1.4.3 Features ....................................................................................... 19
1.5 Designation .................................................................................. 25
1.5.1 IP20 protection IP20 (FS2, FS3, FS4, FS5)................................... 25
1.5.2 IP20 protection (FS8).................................................................... 26
1.5.3 IP55 protection IP55 (FS4, FS5, FS6, FS7)................................... 27
1.5.4 IP66 protection (FS2, FS3) ........................................................... 28
1.6 Voltage classes ............................................................................ 29
1.6.1 DA1-12…...................................................................................... 29
1.6.2 DA1-32…...................................................................................... 30
1.6.3 DA1-34…...................................................................................... 31
1.6.4 DA1-35…...................................................................................... 32
1.7 Selection criteria........................................................................... 33
1.8 Output reduction (derating) .......................................................... 35
1.9 Proper use.................................................................................... 37
1.10 Maintenance and inspection ........................................................ 38
1.10.1 Replacement of the device fan for sizes FS4 and FS5 (IP20) ...... 39
1.11 Storage......................................................................................... 42
1.12 Charging the internal DC link capacitors ...................................... 43
1.13 Service and warranty.................................................................... 43

DA1 Variable Frequency Drives 08/18 MN04020005Z-EN www.eaton.com 1

2 Engineering ................................................................................ 45
2.1 Introduction.................................................................................. 45
2.2 Electrical power network ............................................................. 47
2.2.1 Mains connection and configuration ............................................ 47
2.2.2 Mains voltage and frequency....................................................... 48
2.2.3 Voltage balance............................................................................ 49
2.2.4 Total Harmonic Distortion (THD) .................................................. 49
2.2.5 Reactive power compensation devices ....................................... 50
2.3 Safety and switching.................................................................... 51
2.3.1 Disconnecting device................................................................... 51
2.3.2 Fuses ........................................................................................... 51
2.3.3 Cable cross-sections .................................................................... 52
2.3.4 Residual current device (RCD) ..................................................... 53
2.3.5 Mains contactors ......................................................................... 54
2.3.6 Using abypass connection ........................................................... 55
2.4 Mains chokes............................................................................... 56
2.5 Radio interference suppression filter ........................................... 57
2.6 Brake resistors ............................................................................. 58
2.7 Motor chokes............................................................................... 61
2.8 Sine wave filters .......................................................................... 62
2.9 Three-phase motor....................................................................... 63
2.9.1 Motor selection............................................................................ 63
2.9.2 Circuit types withthree-phase motors.......................................... 64
2.9.3 Connecting Motors in Parallel ...................................................... 65
2.9.4 Single-phase ACmotors ............................................................... 67
2.9.5 Connecting EX motors ................................................................. 67
2.9.6 Synchronous, reluctance, and PM motors................................... 67
2.10 STO function ................................................................................ 68
2.10.1 Overview...................................................................................... 68
2.10.2 TÜV certification........................................................................... 69
2.10.3 Specification of the safety relay................................................... 69
2.10.4 STO-compatible installation ......................................................... 70
2.10.5 STO function pick-up time ........................................................... 73
2.10.6 STO function parameters............................................................. 73
2.10.7 Error messages............................................................................ 76
2.10.8 STO function checklist ................................................................. 76
2.10.9 Regular maintenance ................................................................... 77
2.10.10 “Safe stop”function..................................................................... 77

2 DA1 Variable Frequency Drives 08/18 MN04020005Z-EN www.eaton.com

3 Installation .................................................................................. 79
3.1 Introduction .................................................................................. 79
3.2 Installation position ...................................................................... 79
3.3 Assembly ..................................................................................... 80
3.3.1 Position of installation .................................................................. 81
3.3.2 Cooling measures ........................................................................ 81
3.3.3 Fixing............................................................................................ 85
3.3.4 Control panel installation .............................................................. 88
3.4 IP66 / NEMA4X protection ........................................................... 89
3.5 EMC installation ........................................................................... 91
3.5.1 EMC measures in the control panel............................................. 91
3.5.2 Grounding..................................................................................... 93
3.5.3 Internal filters (EMC and VAR screws)......................................... 94
3.5.4 VAR screw ................................................................................... 95
3.5.5 Shielding....................................................................................... 95
3.5.6 EMC cable brackets ..................................................................... 96
3.5.7 General installation diagram ......................................................... 97
3.6 Electrical Installation..................................................................... 98
3.6.1 Connection to thepower section.................................................. 99
3.6.2 Connection to control section ...................................................... 112
3.7 Block diagrams............................................................................. 122
3.7.1 DA1-…-A20C................................................................................ 123
3.7.2 DA1-…-B55C................................................................................ 124
3.7.3 DA1-34370…, DA1-34450… ........................................................ 125
3.7.4 DA1-…-B6SC................................................................................ 126
3.8 Insulation testing.......................................................................... 127
3.9 Protection against electric shock ................................................. 128

4 Operation .................................................................................... 129

4.1 Checklist for commissioning ........................................................ 129
4.2 Operational hazard warnings........................................................ 130
4.3 Commissioning with control signal terminals (default settings)... 131
4.4 Using the operating unit............................................................... 134
4.4.1 Operating unit elements .............................................................. 134
4.4.2 Setting parameters....................................................................... 136
4.4.3 Resetting Parameters (RESET) .................................................... 136

5 Error messages........................................................................... 137

5.1 Introduction .................................................................................. 137
5.1.1 Error messages ............................................................................ 137
5.1.2 Acknowledge error (Reset) .......................................................... 137
5.1.3 Error list........................................................................................ 138

DA1 Variable Frequency Drives 08/18 MN04020005Z-EN www.eaton.com 3

6 Specifications ............................................................................. 143
6.1 General rating data....................................................................... 143
6.2 Specific rated operational data..................................................... 148
6.2.1 DA1-12… series........................................................................... 148
6.2.2 DA1-32… series........................................................................... 149
6.2.3 DA1-34… series........................................................................... 152
6.2.4 DA1-35… series........................................................................... 155
6.3 Dimensions and frame sizes........................................................ 158
6.3.1 Frame sizes FS2, FS3, FS4 and FS5 for IP20............................... 158
6.3.2 Sizes FS4 to FS7 for IP55 ............................................................ 159
6.3.3 Size FS8 for IP20.......................................................................... 160
6.3.4 Sizes FS2 and FS3 for IP66.......................................................... 161
6.4 Cable cross-sections .................................................................... 162
6.5 Fuses ........................................................................................... 165
6.6 Mains contactors ......................................................................... 169
6.7 Mains chokes............................................................................... 173
6.8 Radio interference suppression filter ........................................... 177
6.9 Braking resistors .......................................................................... 183
6.10 Motor chokes............................................................................... 189
6.11 Sine filters .................................................................................... 191
6.12 All-pole sine filter ......................................................................... 193

7 Accessories................................................................................. 195
7.1 List of accessories ....................................................................... 195

Alphabetical index ..................................................................... 197

4 DA1 Variable Frequency Drives 08/18 MN04020005Z-EN www.eaton.com

0 About This Manual
0.1 Target group

0 About This Manual

This manual (08/18 MN04020005Z-EN) contains specific information
designed to enable you to select and connect a DA1 variable frequency drive.
It covers all DA1 frame sizes.
Differences and special characteristics of each rating level and frame size are
listed accordingly. Accessories that can be used to modify the DA1 variable
frequency drive according to your specific needs will be listed where
applicable.

￫ “Parameter manual”
A separate manual – MN04020006Z-EN (“Parameter Manual”) –
goes over how to configure the parameters for DA1 variable
frequency drives and provides application examples as well.

This manual is available on the Eaton website at:

http://www.eaton.de/EN/EatonDE/ProdukteundLoesungen/Electrical/
Kundensupport/DownloadCenter/index.htm

￫ Customer Support ￫ Download Center –

Documentation

Enter “MN04020006Z” in the Quick Search field and click on

Search.

0.1 Target group

The content of the MN04020005Z-EN manual is written for engineers
and electricians. Electrical engineering and physics-related knowledge
and skills will be required in order to be able to commission the
corresponding devices.
We assume that you have a good knowledge of engineering fundamentals
and that you are familiar with handling electrical systems and machines, as
well as with reading technical drawings.

CAUTION
Installation requires a qualified electrician

DA1 Variable Frequency Drives 08/18 MN04020005Z-EN www.eaton.com 5

0 About This Manual
0.2 Change protocol

0.2 Change protocol

The following significant amendments have been introduced since previous
issues:

Publication Page Keyword new modified deleted

date

08/18 14 Assembly instruction IL040049ZU for devices with ✓

IP20 protection and frame size FS4 and FS5
19 new types (“Features” table) ✓
25 Sizes FS4 and FS5 with IP20 protection ✓
39 Fan replacement with sizes FS4 and FS5 ✓
62 Sine wave filters ✓
94 EMC screws ✓
106 Stripping lengths and tightening torques ✓
121 Configuration of the control signal terminals ✓
(terminals 1 and 3)
122 ff. Block diagrams ✓
142 Parameters with Error no. 51 ✓
143 ff. Specifications ✓
158 Dimensions with sizes FS4 and FS5 ✓
195 List of accessories ✓
11/16 75 P1-12 = 12 ✓
01/16 – This manual splits into two manuals, the installation ✓
section (= MN04020005Z-EN) and the parameter section
(= MN04020006Z-EN) as well as revised in general
various Output expansion up to 250 kW (400 V) ✓
various Rated operating voltages up to 600 V ✓
68 STO function (Safe Torque Off) ✓
10/12 First edition

6 DA1 Variable Frequency Drives 08/18 MN04020005Z-EN www.eaton.com

0 About This Manual
0.3 Writing conventions

0.3 Writing conventions

Symbols with the following meaning are used in this manual:
▶ Indicates instructions to be followed.

0.3.1 Hazard warnings of material damages

WARNING
Warns about the possibility of material damage.

0.3.2 Hazard warnings of personal injury

CAUTION

 Warns of the possibility of hazardous situations that may

possibly cause slight injury.

WARNING

 Warns of the possibility of hazardous situations that could result

in serious injury or even death.

DANGER

 Warns of hazardous situations that result in serious injury or

death.

0.3.3 Tips

￫ Indicates useful tips.

￫ In order to make it easier to understand some of the figures

included in this manual, the variable frequency drive housing, as
well as other safety-relevant parts, have been left out. However,
it is important to note that the variable frequency drive must
always be operated with its housing in its proper place, as well
as with all required safety-relevant parts.

￫ All the specifications in this manual refer to the hardware and

software versions documented in it.

DA1 Variable Frequency Drives 08/18 MN04020005Z-EN www.eaton.com 7

0 About This Manual
0.4 Documents with additional information

0.4 Documents with additional information

￫ More information on the devices described here can be found

on the Internet under:

www.eaton.eu/powerxl

as well as

http://www.eaton.de/EN/EatonDE/ProdukteundLoesungen/Electrical/
Kundensupport/DownloadCenter/index.htm

￫ Customer Support ￫ Download Center –

Documentation

In the Quick Search box, enter the document name

(“MN04020005”, for the existing manual example).

0.5 Abbreviations
The following abbreviations are used in this manual.

DS Default setting
EMC Electromagnetic compatibility
FE Functional earth
FS Frame size
FWD Forward run (clockwise rotating field)
GND Ground (0-V-potential)
IGBT Insulated gate bipolar transistor
LED Light Emitting Diode
OLED Organic Light Emitting Diode
PC Personal Computer
PDS Power Drive System
PE Protective earth 
PES EMC connection to PE for screened cables
PNU Parameter Number
REV Reverse run (anticlockwise rotation field active)
SCCR Short Circuit Current Rating
UL Underwriters Laboratories

8 DA1 Variable Frequency Drives 08/18 MN04020005Z-EN www.eaton.com

0 About This Manual
0.6 Mains supply voltages

0.6 Mains supply voltages

The rated operating voltages stated in the following table are based on the
standard values for networks with a grounded star point.
In ring networks (e. g. in Europe) the rated operating voltage at the transfer
point of the power supply companies is the same as the value in the
consumer networks (e. g. 230 V, 400 V).
In star networks (e. g. in North America), the rated operating voltage at the
transfer point of the utility companies is higher than in the consumer
network.
Example: 240 V → 230 V, 480 V → 460 V, 600 V → 575 V.
The broad tolerance range of the DA1 variable frequency drive observes a
permitted voltage drop of 10 % (i. e. ULN - 10 %) and in the 400-V category,
the North American mains voltage of 480 V + 10 % (60 Hz).
The permissible power supplies for the DA1 series are listed in the technical
data section in the appendix.
The rated mains voltage operational data is always based on mains
frequencies of 50/60 Hz within a range of 48 to 62 Hz.

0.7 Units of measurement

Every physical dimension included in this manual uses international metric
system units, otherwise known as SI (Système International d’Unités) units.
For the purpose of the equipment's UL certification, some of these
dimensions are accompanied by their equivalents in imperial units.

Table 1: Unit conversion examples

Name US-American US-American value SI value Conversion value
designation

Length inch 1 in (’’) 25.4 mm 0.0394

Power horsepower 1 HP = 1.014 PS 0.7457 kW 1.341
Torque pound-force inches 1 lbf in 0.113 Nm 8.851
Temperature Fahrenheit 1 °F (TF) -17.222 °C (TC) TF = TC × 9/5 + 32
Speed Revolutions per minute 1 rpm 1 min-1 1
Weight pound 1 lb 0.4536 kg 2.205
Flow rate cubic feet per minute 1 cfm 1.698 m3/min 0.5889

DA1 Variable Frequency Drives 08/18 MN04020005Z-EN www.eaton.com 9

0 About This Manual
0.7 Units of measurement

10 DA1 Variable Frequency Drives 08/18 MN04020005Z-EN www.eaton.com

1 DA1 device series
1.1 Introduction

1 DA1 device series

1.1 Introduction
Due to their comprehensive functionality and high reliability, PowerXL™ DA1
variable frequency drives are ideal for sophisticated applications involving
synchronous or asynchronous three-phase motors.
In fact, DA1 variable frequency drives are characterized by innovative
technology and unrivaled reliability that meet the needs of the machine and
system-building industry and enable companies to optimize their production
and manufacturing processes.
All DA1 variable frequency drives feature an internal brake chopper.
In addition, devices belonging to the 230 V (DA1-32…) and 400 V (DA1-34…)
voltage categories come with an integrated radio interference suppression
filter (EMC).
The devices' printed circuit boards are coated in order to provide greater
protection against environmental factors.
DA1 devices are characterized by compact and rugged construction, are
available in seven frame sizes (FS2 to FS8), and are designed for the
following motor ratings:
• 0.75 (for 230 V) to 11 kW (for 400 V and 500 V) with IP20 protection
with a 7-segment display,
• 0.75 kW (for 230 V) to 7.5 kW (for 400 V and 500 V) with IP66 protection
and an OLED display – also available in a version with a mains switch and
controls for local control,
• 5.5 kW (for 230 V) to 90 kW (for 500 V) and 132 kW (for 400 V) with an
OLED display in sizes FS4, FS5, FS6 and FS7 with internal DC link choke,
• 200 kW to 250 kW (for 400 V) with IP20 protection and an OLED display
(frame size FS8).

DA1 Variable Frequency Drives 08/18 MN04020005Z-EN www.eaton.com 11

1 DA1 device series
1.2 System overview

1.2 System overview

①
 DC- L1/L
L2/N L3

③
⑧
1 2 3 4
5 6 7 8
9 10 11 12
13
COM

14 15 16 17
18

 DC+
BR U V W

⑦
④
⑤

⑥
OP
ST

PROFIBUS
DP-V 1

Figure 1: System overview (example: frame size FS2, IP20 protection)

a DA1-… variable frequency drives
b Mains choke DX-LN…, motor choke DX-LM3-…,
DX-SIN3-…sine wave filter, DX-SIN3-…-A all-pole sine wave filter
c DX-BR… braking resistor
d DX-NET... fieldbus connection and DXA-EXT... expansion group
e DX-COM-STICK3 communication module and accessories (e. g. DX-CBL-… connection cable)
f DX-KEY-…keypad (external)

12 DA1 Variable Frequency Drives 08/18 MN04020005Z-EN www.eaton.com

1 DA1 device series
1.3 Checking the delivery

1.3 Checking the delivery

￫ Before opening the package, please check its rating plate to

make sure that you have received the correct variable frequency
drive.

TM
Power XL Variable Frequency Drive
DA1-124D3FB-A20C
VFD DA1 1~/3~240V 4.3A 0.75kW /1HP
FU DA1 1~/3~240V 4.3A 0.75kW /1HP
VFD DA1 1~/3~240V 4.3A 0.75kW /1HP
VFD DA1 1~/3~240V 4.3A 0.75kW /1HP

Listed2AD0
786685858920
 N4246 001
Ind. Conv. Eq.
E172143

4 0 1 5 0 8 1 6 5 5 6 5 6 Article No:169078
DA1124D3FBA20C
45 w 13
11111111111 Made in the UK

Figure 2: Label (example) on packaging

The sample label shown in figure 2 indicates that the package contains a
DA1 variable frequency drive with the following characteristics:
• Single-phase mains connection: 230 V (200 - 240 V ±10 %)
• Rated current: 4.3 A
• rated motor output: 0.75 kW / 1 HP (for 230 V)
The DA1 series variable frequency drives are carefully packaged and
prepared for delivery. The devices should be shipped only in their original
packaging with suitable transportation materials. Please take note of the
labels and instructions on the packaging, as well as those meant for the
unpacked device.
Open the packaging with adequate tools and inspect the contents
immediately after receipt in order to ensure that they are complete and
undamaged.

DA1 Variable Frequency Drives 08/18 MN04020005Z-EN www.eaton.com 13

1 DA1 device series
1.3 Checking the delivery

The packaging must contain the following parts:

• DA1 series variable frequency drive,
• installation instructions
• IL04020010Z for devices with IP20 protection with frame size FS2,
FS3
• IL040049ZU for devices with IP20 protection with frame size FS4,
FS5
• IL04020012Z for devices with IP20 protection with frame size FS8
• IL04020011Z for devices with IP55 protection with frame size FS4,
FS5, FS6, FS7
• IL04020015Z for devices with IP66 protection with frame size FS2,
FS3

 DC- L1/L L2/

N L3

1 2 3 4
5 6 7 8
9 10 11 12
13
COM

14 15 16 17
18

 DC+ BR
U V W

Figure 3: Equipment supplied (example: frame size FS2, IP20 protection)

14 DA1 Variable Frequency Drives 08/18 MN04020005Z-EN www.eaton.com

1 DA1 device series
1.4 Rated operational data

1.4 Rated operational data

1.4.1 Rated operational data on the rating plate

The device-specific rated operational data for the DA1 variable frequency
drive is listed on the rating plate of the device.

 DC- L1/L L2/

N L3

1 2 3 4
5 6 7 8
9 10 11 12
13
COM

14 15 16 17
18

 DC+ BR
U V W

Figure 4: Rating plate on the device (example: frame size FS2, IP20 protection)

The rating plate on top (rating plate ②) is a simplified version that can be
used to clearly identify the device if the main rating plate (rating plate ①) is
blocked by other devices.

DA1
PowerXLTM
Variable Frequency Drive
IP20 ￫ DA1 - MN04020005Z...
DA1-124D3FB-A20C Article-No: 169152
Style-No: DA1124D3FBA20C
Input : 200-240V +/-10%, 50/60Hz, 1 phase, 11A (pk)
Output: 0-250V, 4.3A, 0.75kW/1.0HP, 3 phase, 0-500Hz
Serial No.: 57227302045

Power down for 5 mins

before removing cover S/Ware : 1.20
Read User guide before 08112013
installation or servicing
CAUTION
www.eaton.eu/documentation
Max Amb. 50°C
Made in UK
Listed340B
Ind. Conv. Eq.
E172143 N4246 
Figure 5: Rating plate ① (on the side)

DA1-124D3FB-A20C Art.No: 169152

I/P: 200-240 V +/-10 %, 50/60 Hz, 1 ph 11 A (pk)
O/P: 0-250 V, 4.3 A, 0.75 kW/1.0 HP, 3 ph, 0-500 Hz
Serial No.: 57227302045 S/Ware: 0.00

Figure 6: Rating plate ② (on the front)

DA1 Variable Frequency Drives 08/18 MN04020005Z-EN www.eaton.com 15

1 DA1 device series
1.4 Rated operational data

The inscription of the rating plate (from ￫ figure 5) has the following
meaning (example):

Inscription Meaning

DA1-124D3FB-A20C Part no.:

DA1 = DA1 series variable frequency drive
1 = Single-phase mains connection / three-phase motor connection
2 = Mains voltage category 230 V
4D3 = 4.3 A rated operational current (4-decimal point-1, output current)
F = Integrated radio interference suppression filter
B = Integrated brake chopper
A = LED display (7-segment text display)
20 = IP20 protection
C = PCB protection (coated board)
Input Rated operational data of mains connection:
Single-phase AC voltage (Ue 1~ AC)
Voltage 200 - 240 V, frequency 50/60 Hz, input phase current (11 A)
Output Load side (motor) rated operational data:
Three-phase AC voltage (0 - Ue) output phase current (4.3 A),
Output frequency (0 - 500 Hz)
Rated motor output:
0.75 kW at 230 V/1 HP at 230 V for a four-pole, internally or surface-cooled three-
phase motor (1500 min-1 at 50 Hz/1800 rpm at 60 Hz)
Serial No.: Serial number
IP20 Housing protection type: IP20, UL (cUL) Open type
S/Ware Software version (1.20)
08112013 Manufacturing date: 11/8/2013
Max. Amb. 50 °C Maximum permissible ambient air temperature (50 °C)
Frequency converters are electrical equipment.
a Read the manual (in this case MN04020005Z-EN) before making any electrical
connections and commissioning.

16 DA1 Variable Frequency Drives 08/18 MN04020005Z-EN www.eaton.com

1 DA1 device series
1.4 Rated operational data

1.4.2 Catalog number selection

The catalog number selection/part no. for DA1 variable frequency drives is
subdivided into three groups
Series – Power section – Model
The following figure shows it in greater detail:

D A 1 - 1 2 4 D 1 F B - A 2 0 C Explanation

Version
C = additional PCB protection (coated board)

Protection
20 = IP20/NEMA 0
55 = IP55/NEMA 3
66 = IP66/NEMA 4X
6S = IP66 with switch/NEMA 4X, switched

Display unit (display)

A = LED display
B = OLED display

Brake chopper
B = Brake chopper

EMC (radio interference suppression filter)

N = no internal RFI filter
F = Internal RFI filter

Rated operational current (examples)

2D2 = 2.2 A
024 = 24 A
450 = 450 A

Mains voltage category (rated value)

2 = 230 V (200 - 240 V ±10 %)
4 = 400 V (380 - 480 V ±10 %)
5 = 575 V (500 - 600 V ±10 %)

Connection in power section

1 = single-phase mains connection/three-phase motor
3 = three-phase mains connection/three-phase motor

Device series
DA1 = Variable frequency drive, advanced, Series 1
(D = Drives, A = Advanced, 1 = Series)

Figure 7: Catalog number selection

DA1 Variable Frequency Drives 08/18 MN04020005Z-EN www.eaton.com 17

1 DA1 device series
1.4 Rated operational data

Catalog number examples

Inscription Meaning

DA1-124D3FB-A20C DA1 = DA1 series variable frequency drive

1 = Single-phase main terminal
2 = Mains voltage category: 230 V (200 V- 240 V ±10 %)
4D3 = rated operational current: 4.3 A
N = Internal radio interference suppression filter
B = Internal brake chopper
A = LED display
20 = IP20 protection
C = PCB protection (coated board)
DA1-327D0FB-A20C DA1 = DA1 series variable frequency drive
3 = Three-phase main terminal
2 = Mains voltage category: 230 V (200 V- 240 V ±10 %)
7D0 = rated operational current: 7.0 A
N = Internal radio interference suppression filter
B = Internal brake chopper
A = LED display
20 = IP20 protection
C = PCB protection (coated board)
DA1-34014FB-B66C DA1 = DA1 series variable frequency drive
3 = Three-phase main terminal
4 = Mains voltage category: 400 V (380 V - 480 V ±10 %)
014 = rated operational current: 14 A
N = Internal radio interference suppression filter
B = Internal brake chopper
B = OLED display
66 = IP66 protection
C = PCB protection (coated board)
DA1-35043NB-B55C DA1= DA1 series variable frequency drive
3 = Three-phase main terminal
5 = Mains voltage category: 575 V (500 V - 600 V ±10 %)
043 = rated operational current: 43 A
N = No internal radio interference suppression filter1)
B = Internal brake chopper
B = OLED display
55 = IP55 protection
C = PCB protection (coated board)
1) See following note

￫ For DA1-35…NB-… devices, an external radio interference

suppression filter is required for operation as per
IEC/EN 61800-3.

18 DA1 Variable Frequency Drives 08/18 MN04020005Z-EN www.eaton.com

1 DA1 device series
1.4 Rated operational data

1.4.3 Features
Mains supply voltage: 1 AC 230 V
Motor connection voltage: 3 AC 230 V, 50/60 Hz

Type Rated motor power

Radio interference
Rated operational (induction motor)

(operating unit)

Brake Chopper
Local controls

DC link choke

Frame size
Protection
Display
current

filter
Ie P1) P2) IP FS
(230 V, (220 - 240 V,
50 Hz) 60 Hz)
A kW HP
DA1-124D3FB-A20C 4.3 0.75 1 LED – ✓ – IP20 FS2 ✓
DA1-124D3FB-B66C 4.3 0.75 1 OLED – ✓ – IP66 FS2 ✓
DA1-124D3FB-B6SC 4.3 0.75 1 OLED ✓ ✓ – IP66 FS2 ✓
DA1-127D0FB-A20C 7 1.5 2 LED – ✓ – IP20 FS2 ✓
DA1-127D0FB-B66C 7 1.5 2 OLED – ✓ – IP66 FS2 ✓
DA1-127D0FB-B6SC 7 1.5 2 OLED ✓ ✓ – IP66 FS2 ✓
DA1-12011FB-A20C 10.5 2.2 3 LED – ✓ – IP20 FS2 ✓
DA1-12011FB-B66C 10.5 2.2 3 OLED – ✓ – IP66 FS2 ✓
DA1-12011FB-B6SC 10.5 2.2 3 OLED ✓ ✓ – IP66 FS2 ✓
1) As per IEC standards
2) Quote from “Power Conversion Equipment - UL 508C, May 3, 2002”.

DA1 Variable Frequency Drives 08/18 MN04020005Z-EN www.eaton.com 19

1 DA1 device series
1.4 Rated operational data

Mains supply voltage: 3 AC 230 V, 50/60 Hz

Motor supply voltage: 3 AC 230 V, 50/60 Hz

Type Rated motor power

Radio interference
Rated operational

(induction motor)

(operating unit)

Brake Chopper
Local controls

DC link choke

Frame size
Protection
Display
current

filter
Ie P1) P2) IP FS
(230 V, 50 Hz) (220 - 240 V, 60 Hz)
A kW HP
DA1-324D3FB-A20C 4.3 0.75 1 LED – ✓ – IP20 FS2 ✓
DA1-324D3FB-B66C 4.3 0.75 1 OLED – ✓ – IP66 FS2 ✓
DA1-324D3FB-B6SC 4.3 0.75 1 OLED ✓ ✓ – IP66 FS2 ✓
DA1-327D0FB-A20C 7 1.5 2 LED – ✓ – IP20 FS2 ✓
DA1-327D0FB-B66C 7 1.5 2 OLED – ✓ – IP66 FS2 ✓
DA1-327D0FB-B6SC 7 1.5 2 OLED ✓ ✓ – IP66 FS2 ✓
DA1-32011FB-A20C 10.5 2.2 3 LED – ✓ – IP20 FS2 ✓
DA1-32011FB-B66C 10.5 2.2 3 OLED – ✓ – IP66 FS2 ✓
DA1-32011FB-B6SC 10.5 2.2 3 OLED ✓ ✓ – IP66 FS2 ✓
DA1-32018FB-A20C 18 4 5 LED – ✓ – IP20 FS3 ✓
DA1-32018FB-B66C 18 4 5 OLED – ✓ – IP66 FS3 ✓
DA1-32018FB-B6SC 18 4 5 OLED ✓ ✓ – IP66 FS3 ✓
DA1-32024FB-A20C 24 5.5 7.5 LED – ✓ – IP20 FS3 ✓
DA1-32024FB-B55C 24 5.5 7.5 OLED – ✓ – IP55 FS4 ✓
DA1-32030FB-B20C 30 7.5 10 OLED – ✓ – IP20 FS4 ✓
DA1-32030FB-B55C 30 7.5 10 OLED – ✓ – IP55 FS4 ✓
DA1-32046FB-B20C 46 11 15 OLED – ✓ – IP20 FS4 ✓
DA1-32046FB-B55C 46 11 15 OLED – ✓ – IP55 FS4 ✓
DA1-32060FB-B20C 61 15 20 OLED – ✓ ✓ IP20 FS5 ✓
DA1-32061FB-B55C 61 15 20 OLED – ✓ ✓ IP55 FS5 ✓
DA1-32072FB-B20C 72 18.5 25 OLED – ✓ ✓ IP20 FS5 ✓
DA1-32072FB-B55C 72 18.5 25 OLED – ✓ ✓ IP55 FS5 ✓
DA1-32090FB-B55C 90 22 30 OLED – ✓ ✓ IP55 FS6 ✓
DA1-32110FB-B55C 110 30 40 OLED – ✓ ✓ IP55 FS6 ✓
DA1-32150FB-B55C 150 37 50 OLED – ✓ ✓ IP55 FS6 ✓
DA1-32180FB-B55C 180 45 60 OLED – ✓ ✓ IP55 FS6 ✓
DA1-32202FB-B55C 202 55 75 OLED – ✓ ✓ IP55 FS7 ✓
DA1-32248FB-B55C 248 75 100 OLED – ✓ ✓ IP55 FS7 ✓
1) As per IEC standards
2) Quote from “Power Conversion Equipment - UL 508C, May 3, 2002”.

20 DA1 Variable Frequency Drives 08/18 MN04020005Z-EN www.eaton.com

1 DA1 device series
1.4 Rated operational data

DA1 Variable Frequency Drives 08/18 MN04020005Z-EN www.eaton.com 25

1 DA1 device series
1.5 Designation

1.5.2 IP20 protection (FS8)

The following drawing serves as an example showing the designations used
for the elements in DA1 variable frequency drives with a frame size of FS8
and IP20 protection.

Figure 9: DA1 designations

(here: FS8, IP20)
① a Operating unit with 5 control buttons and
OLED display
b Slot for fieldbus connection or expansion
② module
c Control signal terminals and relay terminals
(plug-in)
⑧ ③ d Eyebolts
e Device fan
f Fixing holes
④ g PE terminal bolt
h Enclosure cover for the connection terminals
in the power section
⑦
⑤

The info cards are located at the back of the enclosure cover.

PZ 2

Figure 10: Info cards (back of enclosure cover ⑧)

26 DA1 Variable Frequency Drives 08/18 MN04020005Z-EN www.eaton.com

1 DA1 device series
1.5 Designation

1.5.3 IP55 protection IP55 (FS4, FS5, FS6, FS7)

The following drawing serves as an example showing the designations used
for the elements in DA1 variable frequency drives with a frame size of FS4
and IP55 protection.

①
⑩
COM
1 2 3
4 5 6
7 8 9

⑨
10 11 12
13 14 15
16 17 18

②
⑧ +DC
BR -DC
U V W

⑦ ③

Figure 11: DA1 designations (here: FS4, IP55)

a Operating unit with 5 control buttons and OLED display
b Slot for fieldbus connection or expansion module
c Control signal terminals and relay terminals (plug-in)
d Connection terminals in power section
e Device fan
f Fixing holes
g Blanking plate for installing cable glands for IP55 protection
(without blanking plate: IP40 protection)
h Retainer for the control section connection cables
i Communication interface (RJ45)
j Enclosure cover (connection terminals)

The info card is located inside the lower enclosure cover ⑩

(removed in the figure above).
Blanking plate

Figure 12: Blanking plate with holes for cable glands (FS4, FS5)

￫ The equipment supplied with frame sizes FS4 and FS5 includes
an additional blanking plate ⑦ that already has holes for the
cable glands.

DA1 Variable Frequency Drives 08/18 MN04020005Z-EN www.eaton.com 27

1 DA1 device series
1.5 Designation

1.5.4 IP66 protection (FS2, FS3)

The following drawing serves as an example showing the designation used
for the elements in DA1 variable frequency drives with a frame size of FS2
and IP66 protection.

②
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13

⑪ ⑩ 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
13

③
14 15 16 17 18

⑨ 14 15 16
17 18

L1N
L2N
⏚ L3
⏚ +
BR
+
U
V
W

④
⑤

Figure 13: DA1 designation (here: FS2, IP66)

a Local controls on DA1-…-B6SC
b Operating unit with 5 control buttons and OLED display
c Control and relay terminals (plug-in)
d Connection terminals in power section grommet for EMC cable gland
e Rating plate
f Fixing holes
g Heat sink
h Connection terminals in power section and grommet for cable gland
i Slot for fieldbus connection or expansion module
j Communication interface (RJ45)
k Cover

The info cards ⑪ are located inside the lower enclosure cover, which
features three knockouts for cable glands to the control section.

28 DA1 Variable Frequency Drives 08/18 MN04020005Z-EN www.eaton.com

1 DA1 device series
1.6 Voltage classes

1.6 Voltage classes

DA1 variable frequency drives are divided into three voltage categories:
• 200 V: 200 – 240 V ±10 % ￫ DA1-12…, DA1-32…
• 400 V: 380 - 480 V ±10 % ￫ DA1-34…
• 575 V: 500 - 600 V ±10 % ￫ DA1-35…

1.6.1 DA1-12…
• DA1-12…
• Single-phase mains connection, rated operating voltage 230 V
• ULN = 1~, 200 - 240 V ±10 %, 50/60 Hz
• Ie = 4.3 - 11 A
• Motor: 0.75 - 2.2 kW (230 V, 50 Hz), 1 - 3 HP (230 V, 60 Hz)

Ie
FS2, FS3 Motor
L1/L U
L1
L2/N V M 230 V (ULN = 1 ~ 230 V)
N
W 3∼
PE
 
DC+ BR

Brake Chopper

Figure 14: DA1-12…FB-…

DA1 Variable Frequency Drives 08/18 MN04020005Z-EN www.eaton.com 29

1 DA1 device series
1.6 Voltage classes

1.6.2 DA1-32…
• DA1-32…
• Three-phase power supply, rated operating voltage 230 V
• ULN = 3~, 200 - 240 V ±10 %, 50/60 Hz
• Ie = 4.3 - 46 A
• Motor: 0.75 - 11 kW (230 V, 50 Hz), 1 - 15 HP (230 V, 60 Hz)

Ie
FS2, FS3, FS4 Motor
L1/L U
L1
L2/N V M 230 V (ULN = 3 ~ 230 V)
L2
L3 W 3∼
L3
PE
 
DC+ BR

EMC Filter Brake Chopper

Figure 15: DA1-32…FB-…

• DA1-32…
• Three-phase power supply, rated operating voltage 230 V
• ULN = 3~, 200 - 240 V ±10 %, 50/60 Hz
• Ie = 61 - 248 A
• Motor: 15 - 75 kW (230V, 50 Hz), 20 - 100 HP (230 V, 60 Hz)

Mains Ie Motor
FS5, FS6, FS7
L1 U
L1
L2 V M 230 V (ULN = 3 ~ 230 V)
L2
L3 W 3∼
L3
PE
 
DC+ BR

EMC Filter DC Link Choke Brake Chopper

Figure 16: DA1-32…FB-B55C with DC link choke

30 DA1 Variable Frequency Drives 08/18 MN04020005Z-EN www.eaton.com

1 DA1 device series
1.6 Voltage classes

1.6.3 DA1-34…
• DA1-34…
• Three-phase power supply, rated operating voltage 400/480 V
• ULN = 3~, 380 - 480 V ±10 %, 50/60 Hz
• Ie = 2.2 - 46 A
• Motor: 0.75 - 22 kW (400V, 50 Hz), 1 - 30 HP (460 V, 60 Hz)
Ie
FS2, FS3, FS4 Motor
L1/L U
L1
L2/N V M 400 V (ULN = 3 ~ 400 V)
L2
L3 W 3∼ 460 V (ULN = 3 ~ 480 V)
L3
PE
 
DC+ BR

EMC Filter Brake Chopper

Figure 17: DA1-34…FB-…

• DA1-34…
• Three-phase power supply, rated operating voltage 400/480 V
• ULN = 3~, 380 - 480 V ±10 %, 50/60 Hz
• Ie = 61 - 302 A
• Motor: 30 - 160 kW (230 V, 50 Hz), 40 - 250 HP (460 V, 60 Hz)

Mains Ie Motor
FS5, FS6, FS7
L1 U
L1
L2 V M 400 V (ULN = 3 ~ 400 V)
L2
L3 W 3∼ 460 V (ULN = 3 ~ 480 V)
L3
PE
 
DC+ BR

EMC Filter DC Link Choke Brake Chopper

Figure 18: DA1-34…FB-… with DC link choke

• DA1-34…
• Three-phase power supply, rated operating voltage 400/480 V
• ULN = 3~, 380 - 480 V ±10 %, 50/60 Hz
• Ie = 370 - 450 A
• Motor: 200 - 250 kW (400 V, 50 Hz), 300 - 350 HP (460 V, 60 Hz)

Mains Ie Motor
FS8
L1 U
L1
L2 V M 400 V (ULN = 3 ~ 400 V)
L2
L3 W 3∼ 460 V (ULN = 3 ~ 480 V)
L3
PE
 
DC+ BR

EMC Filter Brake chopper

Figure 19: DA1-34…FB-B20C (external mains choke required)

DA1 Variable Frequency Drives 08/18 MN04020005Z-EN www.eaton.com 31

1 DA1 device series
1.6 Voltage classes

1.6.4 DA1-35…
• DA1-35…
• Three-phase power supply, rated operating voltage 500/575 V
• ULN = 3~, 500 - 600 V ±10 %, 50/60 Hz
• Ie = 2.1 - 34 A
• Motor: 1.1 - 22 kW (500 V, 50 Hz), 1.5 - 30 HP (575 V, 60 Hz)

Ie
FS2, FS3, FS4 Motor
L1/L U
L1
L2/N V M 500 V (ULN = 3 ~ 500 V)
L2
L3 W 3∼ 575 V (ULN = 3 ~ 600 V)
L3
PE
 
DC+ BR

Brake Chopper

Figure 20: DA1-35…NB-… (without radio interference suppression filter)

• DA1-35…
• Three-phase power supply, rated operating voltage 500/575 V
• ULN = 3~, 500 - 600 V ±10 %, 50/60 Hz
• Ie = 43 - 150 A
• Motor: 30 - 110 kW (500 V, 50 Hz), 40 - 150 HP (575 V, 60 Hz)

Mains Ie Motor
FS5, FS6
L1 U
L1
L2 V M 500 V (ULN = 3 ~ 500 V)
L2
L3 W 3∼ 575 V (ULN = 3 ~ 600 V)
L3
PE
 
DC+ BR

Brake Chopper

Figure 21: DA1-34…NB-B55C with DC link choke

(without radio interference suppression filter)

32 DA1 Variable Frequency Drives 08/18 MN04020005Z-EN www.eaton.com

1 DA1 device series
1.7 Selection criteria

1.7 Selection criteria

Select the variable frequency drive according to the supply voltage ULN of the
supply system and the rated operational current of the rated motor.
The circuit type (Δ / ) of the motor must be selected according to the supply
voltage.
Thevariable frequency drive’s rated output current Ie must be greater than or
equal to the rated motor current.

P1-07 P1-08
 DC- L1/L
L2/N L3

230/400 V 3.2/1.9 A
cosϕ 0.79
1 2 3 4

0,75 KW
5 6 7 8
9 10 11 12
13
COM

14 15 16 17
18

 DC+
BR U V W 1410 min-1 50 Hz

P4-05
P1-10 P1-09

Figure 22: Selection criteria – Rating plate data

When selecting the drive, the following criteria must be known:

• Mains voltage = motor supply voltage (e. g. 3~ 400 V),
• Type and characteristics of motor (e. g., three-phase asynchronous
motor),
• The rated motor current (recommended value – depends on the motor’s
configuration and on the power supply),
• Ambient conditions: ambient temperature, control cabinet installation
with IP20 protection or direct local installation with IP66 protection.

Example based on figure 22

• Mains voltage: 3~ 400 V, 50 Hz
• Star connection (400 V)
• Rated Current: 1.9 A (400 V)
• Control panel installation→ IP20 protection
• Max. ambient temperature 50 °C without derating, IP20
￫ variable frequency drive to be selected: DA1-342D2FB-B20C
• DA1-34…: 3-phase mains terminal, rated operating voltage: 400 V
• DA1-…2D2…: 2.2 A – The variable frequency drive’s rated operational
current (output current) guarantees that the motor will be supplied with
the required rated operational current (1.9 A).

DA1 Variable Frequency Drives 08/18 MN04020005Z-EN www.eaton.com 33

1 DA1 device series
1.7 Selection criteria

￫ Whenconnecting multiple motors in parallel to the output of a

frequency inverter , the motor currents are added geometrically
– separated by the active and reactive current components.

Accordingly, when selecting a variable frequency drive, make

sure to size it in such a way that it will be able to supply the total
resulting current. It may be necessary to install motor chokes or
sine wave filters between the variable frequency drive and the
motor in order to dampen and compensate for varying current
values.

34 DA1 Variable Frequency Drives 08/18 MN04020005Z-EN www.eaton.com

1 DA1 device series
1.8 Output reduction (derating)

1.8 Output reduction (derating)

Derating the DA1 variable frequency drive / limiting the maximum continuous
output current (I2) will generally be necessary if, during operation:
• The ambient air temperature is higher than 40 °C,
• An installation altitude of 1,000 m is exceeded,
• The effective switching frequency is higher than the minimum value.
The following tables specify the factors that need to be applied when
selecting a DA1 variable frequency drive if the drive will be run outside these
conditions:
Derating for ambient temperature

Enclosure version Maximum ambient Derate Maximum permissible

for IP protection temperature without derating ambient air
temperature

IP20 50°C None 50°C

IP401) 40°C None 40°C
IP55 40°C 1.5% per K 50°C
IP66 40°C 2.5% per K 50°C

Derating for installation altitude

Enclosure version Maximum height without Derate Maximum permissible

for IP protection derating altitude as per IEC (UL)

IP20, IP401), 1000 m 1% per 100 m 4000 m (2000 m)

IP55, IP66

Derating for switching frequency

Enclosure version Switching frequency (P2-24), setting (audible)2)

for IP protection

4 kHz 8 kHz 12 kHz 16 kHz 24 kHz 32 kHz

IP20 None None 20% 30% 40% 50%
IP401) None None 10% 15 % 25 % Do not set
IP55 None 10 % 10% 15% 25% Do not set
IP66 None 10% 25% 35% 50% 50%
1) DA1 variable frequency drive with IP55 enclosure and connection area open from below (without blanking plate
and cable glands).
2) The pulse frequency's effective rms value will be approximately half the value set with parameter P2-24 (double
modulation).

￫ For more information on the subject of “derating”, please refer

to application note AP040039EN.
You can find the document on the Internet under the following
address:
ftp://ftp.moeller.net/DRIVES/POWERXL/01_APPLICATION_NOTE/Deutsch/DA1/AP040039DE_DA1_Derating.pdf

DA1 Variable Frequency Drives 08/18 MN04020005Z-EN www.eaton.com 35

1 DA1 device series
1.8 Output reduction (derating)

Examples showing how to apply derating factors

4 kW Motor (400 V, 8.5 A), installation altitude 2,000 m above sea level,
ambient temperature 42 °C, switching frequency 12 kHz.
a)
Selected frequency inverter: DA1-349D5FB-A20C:
Rated operational current 9.5 A, switching frequency 8 kHz (factory setting).
Required derating factors:
• for the 12 kHz switching frequency: 20 %
• for installation altitude 2,000 m: 10 % (1 % per 100 m above 1,000 m,
2,000 m - 1,000 m = 1,000 m, 1,000 m/100 m = 10)
• For the 42 °C ambient temperature: None
(not needed for DA1-349D5FB-A20C, IP20 degree of protection)
9.5 A - 20 % - 10 % = (9.5 x 0.8 x 0.9) A = 6.84 A
The DA1’s permissible continuous rated operational current of 6.84 is lower
than the motor’s required rated operational current (8.5 A). Reducing the
pulse frequency to 8 kHz will make it possible to operate the motor
continuously at an altitude of 2,000 m (9.5 A - 10 % 8.55 A).

￫ Use a variable frequency drive belonging to a higher output

class and repeat the calculations in order to ensure that a
sufficiently high output current will be available continuously.

b)
Selected frequency inverter: DA1-34014FB-B55C:
Rated operational current 14 A.
Required derating factors:
• for the 12 kHz switching frequency: 10 %
• for installation altitude 2,000 m: 10 % (1 % per 100 m above 1,000 m,
2,000 m - 1,000 m = 1,000 m, 1,000 m/100 m = 10)
• for the ambient temperature 42 °C: 3 %
(1.5 % per Kelvin, 42 °C - 40 °C = 2 K, IP55 protection rating).
14 A - 10 % - 10 % - 3 % = (14 x 0.9 x 0.9 x 0.97) A = approx. 11 A
The DA1-34014FB-B55C variable frequency drive meets the necessary
operating conditions.

36 DA1 Variable Frequency Drives 08/18 MN04020005Z-EN www.eaton.com

1 DA1 device series
1.9 Proper use

1.9 Proper use

The DA1 variable frequency drives are electrical devices for controlling
variable speed drives with three-phase motors. They are designed for
installation in machines or for use in combination with other components
within a machine or system.
The DA1 variable frequency drives are not domestic appliances. They are
designed for industrial use as system components only.
If the variable frequency drive is installed in a machine, it is prohibited to put
it into operation until it has been determined that the corresponding machine
meets the safety and protection requirements set forth in the Machinery
Safety Directive 2006/42/EC (e. g., by complying with EN 60204). The user is
responsible for ensuring the machine application's compliance with EC
Directives.
The CE labels applied to the DA1 variable frequency drives confirm that
when the typical drive connection is applied, devices comply with the Low
Voltage and Electromagnetic Compatibility Directives of the European Union
(Directives 2006/95/EC, EMC 2004/108/EC and ROHS 2011/65/EU).
In the described system configurations, DA1 variable frequency drives are
suitable for use in public and non-public networks.
A DA1 variable frequency drive can be connected to IT networks (networks
without a ground potential link) only under certain conditions, because filter
capacitors within the device connect the network to the ground potential
(housing).
With non-grounded networks, this can lead to hazardous situations or
damage to the device (insulation monitoring is required).

￫ You must not connect the output (terminals U, V, W) of the

DA1 variable frequency drive to:
• a voltage or capacitive loads (e. g. phase compensation
capacitors),
• multiple variable frequency drives in parallel,
• a direct connection to the input (bypass).

￫ Always observe the technical data and connection conditions!

For additional information, refer to the equipment rating plate or
label at the variable frequency drive and the documentation.
Any other usage constitutes improper use.

DA1 Variable Frequency Drives 08/18 MN04020005Z-EN www.eaton.com 37

1 DA1 device series
1.10 Maintenance and inspection

1.10 Maintenance and inspection

DA1 variable frequency drives are maintenance-free, provided that the
general rating data, as well as the technical data for the specific models in
use, is observed. Please note, however, that external influences may effect
the operation and lifespan of a DA1 variable frequency drive.
Because of this, we recommend inspecting the devices on a regular basis
and carrying out the following maintenance activities at the specified
intervals.

Table 2: Recommended maintenance

Maintenance measures Maintenance interval
Clean cooling vents If necessary
Check that the fan is working properly 6 - 24 months (depending on the environment)
Check the filters in the control panel door 6 - 24 months (depending on the environment)
(see the manufacturer's specifications)
Check all earth connections to make sure they On a regular basis, at periodic intervals
are intact
Check the tightening torques of the terminals On a regular basis, at periodic intervals
(control terminals, power terminals)
Check connection terminals and all metallic 6 - 24 months; when stored, no more than 12 months later
surfaces for corrosion (depending on the environment)
Motor cables and shielding connection (EMC) According to the manufacturer's specifications, no later than 5
years
Charge capacitors 12 months
(￫ section 1.12, “Charging the internal DC link capacitors”)

There are no plans for replacing or repairing individual components of DA1

variable frequency drives.
If the variable frequency drive DA1 in sizes FS2 or FS3 (IP20, IP66) is
damaged or destroyed due to external influences, a repair is not possible.
For sizes FS4 to FS8 a conditional repair is possible by qualified and certified
workshops (￫ section 1.13, “Service and warranty”).
Dispose of the device according to the applicable environmental laws and
provisions for the disposal of electrical or electronic devices.

38 DA1 Variable Frequency Drives 08/18 MN04020005Z-EN www.eaton.com

1 DA1 device series
1.10 Maintenance and inspection

1.10.1 Replacement of the device fan for sizes FS4 and FS5 (IP20)
With the DA1 frequency inverters in sizes FS4 and FS5, the installed device
fan can be replaced.
The fan is inserted and can be removed from the bottom of the device.
In frame size FS4
▶ Remove the fan cover (①, ②).

1
1

Figure 23: Remove fan cover

▶ Release the plug connection (③, ④) and slide out the fan (⑤, ⑥).

6
5
5

Figure 24: Release the plug connection

DA1 Variable Frequency Drives 08/18 MN04020005Z-EN www.eaton.com 39

1 DA1 device series
1.10 Maintenance and inspection

▶ Replace the fan and use the new one.

Reattach the plug connection (⑧).

Figure 25: Reinsertion of the fan

▶ Reinsert the fan cover.

Figure 26: Reinsert the fan cover

40 DA1 Variable Frequency Drives 08/18 MN04020005Z-EN www.eaton.com

1 DA1 device series
1.10 Maintenance and inspection

In size FS5
▶ Remove the fan cover using a wrench.

Figure 27: Remove fan cover

Slide the fan forwards (④) and release the plug connection (⑤, ⑥).

Figure 28: Remove fan

DA1 Variable Frequency Drives 08/18 MN04020005Z-EN www.eaton.com 41

1 DA1 device series
1.11 Storage

▶ Replace the fan and insert the new one as shown.

Figure 29: Reinsert the fan

1.11 Storage
If the DA1 variable frequency drive is stored before use, suitable ambient
conditions must be ensured at the site of storage:
• Storage temperature: -40 - +60 °C,
• relative average air humidity: < 95 %, non-condensing (EN 50178),
• To prevent damage to the variable frequency drive's internal DC link
capacitors, it is recommended that the variable frequency drive is not
stored for more than 12 months
(￫ section 1.12, “Charging the internal DC link capacitors”).

42 DA1 Variable Frequency Drives 08/18 MN04020005Z-EN www.eaton.com

1 DA1 device series
1.12 Charging the internal DC link capacitors

1.12 Charging the internal DC link capacitors

After long storage times or long down times without a power supply
(> 12 months), the capacitors in the internal DC link mustundergo controlled
recharging, in order to avoid damage. To do this, the DA1 variable frequency
drive must be supplied with power, with a controlled DC power supply unit,
via two mains connection terminals (e.g. L1 and L2).
In order to prevent the capacitors from having excessively high leakage
currents, the inrush current should be limited to approximately 300 to
800 mA (depending on the relevant rating). The variable frequency drive
must not be enabled during this time (i. e. no start signal). After this, the DC
voltage must be set to the magnitudes for the corresponding DC link voltage
(UDC ∼ 1.41 x Ue) and applied for one hour at least (regeneration time).
• DA1-12…, DA1-32…: approx. 324 V DC at Ue = 230 V AC
• DA1-34…: approx. 560 V DC at Ue = 400 V AC
• DA1-35…: approx. 705 V DC at Ue = 500 V AC

1.13 Service and warranty

In the unlikely event that you have a problem with your DA1 variable
frequency drive, please contact your local sales office.
When you call, have the following data ready:
• the detailed type description of the variable frequency drive
(see rating plate),
• the date of purchase,
• a detailed description of the problem which has occurred with the
variable frequency drive.
If some of the information printed on the rating plate is not legible, please
state only the data which are clearly legible.
Information concerning the guarantee can be found in the Terms and
Conditions of Eaton Industries GmbH.

Break-Down Service
Please contact your local office:
http://www.eaton.eu/aftersales
or
After Sales Service Hotline
+49 (0) 180 5 223822 (de, en)
AfterSalesEGBonn@eaton.com

DA1 Variable Frequency Drives 08/18 MN04020005Z-EN www.eaton.com 43

1 DA1 device series
1.13 Service and warranty

44 DA1 Variable Frequency Drives 08/18 MN04020005Z-EN www.eaton.com

2 Engineering
2.1 Introduction

2 Engineering
2.1 Introduction
This chapter describes the most important features in the energy circuit of a
drive system (PDS = Power Drive System), which you should take into
consideration in your project planning.
It contains instructions that must be followed when determining which
device to use with which rated motor output, as well as when selecting
protection devices and switchgear, selecting cables, cable entries, and
operating the DA1 variable frequency drive.
All applicable laws and local standards must be complied with when planning
and carrying out the installation. Not following the recommendations
provided may result in problems that will not be covered by the warranty.

DA1 Variable Frequency Drives 08/18 MN04020005Z-EN www.eaton.com 45

2 Engineering
2.1 Introduction

An example of adrive system

a Electrical supply system

① (mains connection, grounding system
configuration, mains voltage, frequency,
② voltage balance, THD, compensation
③ systems)
PDS
b Overall system – consisting of motor and
④ load systems
c PDS = Power drive system
d Safety and switching
(disconnecting devices, fuses, cable cross-
sectional areas, residual current circuit-
⑤ CDM breakers, mains contactors)
e CDM = Complete drive module:
Variable frequency drive with auxiliary
equipment (mains and motor chokes,
radio interference suppression filter,
brake resistor, sine wave filter)
BDM = Basic drive module:
DA1 Variable frequency drive
f Motor and sensor
(Temperature, motor speed)
BDM g Load system:
Driven system equipment

n
ϑ

M, n

Figure 30: Drive system example (overall system as its own system or as part of a larger system)

46 DA1 Variable Frequency Drives 08/18 MN04020005Z-EN www.eaton.com

2 Engineering
2.2 Electrical power network

2.2 Electrical power network

2.2.1 Mains connection and configuration

DA1 variable frequency drives can be connected to and run on all earthed
groundAC supply systems (TN-S, TN-C, TT grounding systems; please refer
to IEC 60364) without any limitations.

L1 L1 L1
L2 L2 L2
L3 L3 L3
N PEN N
PE

TN-S TN-C TT

Figure 31: AC supply systems with earthed neutral

￫ While planning the project, consider a symmetrical distribution

to the three main phase conductors, if multiple variable
frequency drives with single-phase supplies are to be
connected.
The total current of all single phase devices must not cause an
overload of the neutral conductor (N-conductor).

The connection and operation of variable frequency drives to asymmetrically

grounded TN networks (phase-grounded delta network “Grounded Delta”,
USA) or non-grounded or high-resistance grounded (over 30 Ω) IT networks is
only conditionally permissible (internal radio interference suppression filters).
The connection to IT networks is permitted only in sizes FS2 and FS3 in IP20
protection with an unscrewed VAR and EMC screw.

WARNING
With an unscrewed VAR screw, the variable frequency drive is
no longer protected from transistor overvoltage.

￫ Operation on non-earthed networks (IT) requires the use of

suitable insulation monitoring relays (e. g. pulse-code
measurement method).

￫ In networks with an earthed phase conductor, the maximum

phase-earth voltage must not exceed 300 V AC.

DA1-…-A20C variable frequency drives with an FS2 or FS3 frame size can be
connected to corner-grounded systems or IT grounding systems (not
grounded, insulated). The internal radio interference suppression filter must
be disabled in these cases.

DA1 Variable Frequency Drives 08/18 MN04020005Z-EN www.eaton.com 47

2 Engineering
2.2 Electrical power network

￫ Generally speaking, measures designed to ensure

electromagnetic compatibility are required in drive systems in
order to ensure compliance with the applicable regulations in
the EMC and Low Voltage Directives.
Good earthing measures are a prerequisite for the effective use
of further measures, such as a screen earth kit or filters.
Without corresponding grounding measures, further steps are
superfluous.

DA1-35… (500 - 600 V) devices do not feature a radio interference

suppression filter and can be connected to corner-grounded systems and
IT grounding systems.

2.2.2 Mains voltage and frequency

The standardized rated operating voltages (IEC 60038, VDE 017-1) of power
utilities guarantee the following conditions at the connection point:
• Deviation from the rated value of voltage:
maximum ± 10 %
• Deviation in voltage phase balance:
maximum ± 3 %
• Deviation from rated value of the frequency:
maximum ± 4 %
The broad tolerance range of the DA1 variable frequency drive observes both
the European (EU: ULN = 230 V/400 V, 50 Hz) and the American
(USA: ULN = 240 V/480 V, 60 Hz) standard voltages in this case:
• 230 V, 50 Hz (EU) and 240 V, 60 Hz (USA) at DA1-12…, DA1-32…
200 V -10 % - 240 V +10 % (180 V -0 % - 264 V +0 %)
• 400 V, 50 Hz (EU) and 480 V, 60 Hz (USA) at DA1-34…
380 V -10 % - 480 V +10 % (342 V -0 % - 528 V +0 %)
• 500 V, 50 Hz (EU) and 575 V, 60 Hz (USA) at DA1-35…
500 V -10 % - 600 V +10 % (450 V -0 % - 660 V +0 %)
The permissible frequency range for all voltage categories is 50/60 Hz
(48 Hz -0 % - 62 Hz +0 %).

48 DA1 Variable Frequency Drives 08/18 MN04020005Z-EN www.eaton.com

2 Engineering
2.2 Electrical power network

2.2.3 Voltage balance

Unbalanced voltages and deviations from the ideal voltage shape may occur
in three-phase AC supply systems if the conductors are loaded unevenly and
if large output loads are connected directly. These supply voltage unbalances
may cause the diodes in the variable frequency drive’s rectifier bridge
converter to be loaded unevenly, resulting in premature diode failure.

￫ In the project planning for the connection of three-phase

supplied variable frequency drives (DA1-3…), consider onlyAC
supply systems that handle permitted asymmetric divergences
in the mains voltage ≦ +3 %.
If this condition is not fulfilled, or symmetry at the connection
location is not known, the use of an suitable main choke is
recommended.

2.2.4 Total Harmonic Distortion (THD)

The THD value (THD = Total Harmonic Distortion) is defined in standard
IEC/EN 61800-3 as the ratio of the rms value of all harmonic components to
the rms value of the fundamental frequency.

￫ In order to reduce the THD value (up to 30 %, it is

recommended to use a DX-LN… mains choke

￫ FS5, FS6, and FS7 DA1 variable frequency drives feature chokes
in their DC link. Using mains chokes in order to reduce current
harmonics is not necessary in this case.

￫ Only for FS8 DA1 variable frequency drives:

DA1-34370FB-B20C, DA-34450FB-B20C

If it is not guaranteed that the system percentage impedance is

greater than or equal 1 %, a mains choke must be connected.
Your uK value should fall between 1 % and 4 %.

Examples:

DA1-34370FB-B20C ￫ DX-LN3-370
DA1-34450FB-B20C ￫ DX-LN3-450

DA1 Variable Frequency Drives 08/18 MN04020005Z-EN www.eaton.com 49

2 Engineering
2.2 Electrical power network

2.2.5 Reactive power compensation devices

Compensation on the power supply side is not required for the variable
frequency drives of the DA1 series. From the AC power supply network they
take only very little reactive power of the fundamental harmonics
(cos ϕ ~ 0.98).

￫ In the AC supply system with non-choked reactive current

compensation devices, current deviations can enable parallel
resonance and undefinable circumstances.
In the project planning for the connection of variable frequency
drives to AC supply systems with undefined circumstances,
consider using mains chokes.

50 DA1 Variable Frequency Drives 08/18 MN04020005Z-EN www.eaton.com

2 Engineering
2.3 Safety and switching

2.3 Safety and switching

2.3.1 Disconnecting device

￫ Install a manual disconnecting device between the mains

connection and the DA1 variable frequency drive. This
disconnecting device must be designed in such a way that it can
be interlocked in its open position for installation and
maintenance work.

In the European Union, this disconnecting device must be one of the

following devices in order to comply with European Directives as per
standard EN 60204-1, “Safety of machinery”:
• An AC-23B utilization category disconnector (EN 60947-3)
• A disconnector with an auxiliary contact that in all cases will disconnect
the load circuit before the disconnector’s main contacts open
(EN 60947-3)
• A circuit-breaker designed to disconnect the circuit as per EN 60947-2.
In all other regions, the applicable national and local safety regulations must
be complied with.

2.3.2 Fuses
The DA1 variable frequency drive and the corresponding supply cables must
be protected from thermal overload and short-circuits.

￫ The fuse ratings and cable cross-sectional areas (wire gages) for
the connection on the mains side will depend on the DA1
variable frequency drive’s input current ILN.

￫ For the recommended fuse sizing and assignments, please

refer to ￫ section 6.5, “Fuses”, page 165.

The fuses will protect the supply cable in the event of a short-circuit, limit any
damage to the variable frequency drive, and prevent damage to upstream
devices in the event of a short-circuit in the variable frequency drive.

DA1 Variable Frequency Drives 08/18 MN04020005Z-EN www.eaton.com 51

2 Engineering
2.3 Safety and switching

2.3.3 Cable cross-sections

The mains cables and motor cables must be sized as required by local
standards and by the load currents that will be involved.
The PE conductor’s cross-sectional area must be the same as the phase
conductors’ cross-sectional area. The connection terminals marked with 
must be connected to the earth-current circuit.

WARNING
The specified minimum PE conductor cross-sections
(EN 61800-5-1) must be maintained.

If there are leakage currents greater than 3.5 mA, a reinforced earthing (PE)
must be connected, as required by standard EN 61800-5-1. The cable cross-
section must be at least 10 mm2, or the earthing system must consist of two
separately connected earthing cables.

￫￫ section 6.2, “Specific rated operational data”, page 148

defines the leakage currents for the individual models.

￫￫ section 3.5, “EMC installation”, page 91 defines the EMC

requirements for the motor cables.

A symmetrical, fully screened (360°), low-impedance motor cable must be

used. The length of the motor cable depends on the RFI class and the
environment.
For a US installation, UL-tested fuses, fuse bases and cables (AWG) must
exclusively be used.
The approved cables must have heat-resistance of 70 °C (158 °F) and often
require installation in a metallic protective tube (see the local regulations).

￫ For the rated cable cross-sectional areas for DA1 variable

frequency drives, please refer to the technical data chapter in
￫ section 6.4, “Cable cross-sections”, page 162.

52 DA1 Variable Frequency Drives 08/18 MN04020005Z-EN www.eaton.com

2 Engineering
2.3 Safety and switching

2.3.4 Residual current device (RCD)

When using variable frequency drives (DA1-3…) that work with a three-
phase power supply (L1, L2, L3), make sure to use type B AC/DC sensitive
residual current devices exclusively.
With a single-phase power supply (L, N) (DA1-12…), you may use type F and
type B residual current devices (RCD).

WARNING
Residual-current devices (RCD) may be installed between the
supply system (AC mains supply) and the DA1 variable frequency
drive only – they must never be installed in the motor output.

The leakage currents’ magnitudewill generally depend on:

• the length of the motor cable,
• the shielding of the motor cable,
• the magnitude of the switching frequency (switching frequency of the
inverter),
• the implementation of the filter measures,
• the grounding measures at the site of the motor.
Other protective measures against direct and indirect contact can be used for
DA1 variable frequency drives, including isolating them from the supply
system with the use of a transformer.

DA1 Variable Frequency Drives 08/18 MN04020005Z-EN www.eaton.com 53

2 Engineering
2.3 Safety and switching

2.3.5 Mains contactors

The mains contactor enables operational switching on and off of the supply
voltage for the variable frequency drive and switching off in case of a fault.
The mains contactor is designed based on the mains-side input current ILNof
the DA1 variable frequency drive for utilization category AC-1 (IEC 60947)
and the ambient air temperature at the location of use.

￫ The mains contactors listed here are based on the variable

frequency drive’s rated input-side mains current ILN without an
external mains choke.
These are selected based on thermal current Ith = Ie (AC-1) at
the indicated ambient temperature.

WARNING
Push-to-run operation is not permissible via the mains contactor
(Pause time ≧ 30 s between switching off and on).

￫ For UL-compliant installation and operation, the mains-side

switching devices must allow for a 1.25 times higher input
current.

￫ For the rated mains contactors for DA1 variable frequency

drives, please refer to the technical data chapter
in￫ section 6.6, “Mains contactors”, page 169.

54 DA1 Variable Frequency Drives 08/18 MN04020005Z-EN www.eaton.com

2 Engineering
2.3 Safety and switching

2.3.6 Using abypass connection

WARNING

 Never connect the DA1 variable frequency drive’s output

terminals U, V, and W to the feed-in system (L1, L2, L3)!
Connecting the mains voltage to the output terminals can result
in the variable frequency drive being irreparably damaged.

If a bypass is required, use mechanically linked switches or contactors or

electrically interlocked contactors in order to ensure that the motor terminals
will not be simultaneously connected to the mains connection and to the
variable frequency drive’s output terminals.

L1 L2 L3

Q1 F1 ②
I> I> I>
①

Q11 a Q1 thermal overload and short-circuit protection

b F1 fuse and F2 overload relay (alternative to ①)
Q1 Mains contactor
T1 U V W T1 DA1 variable frequency drive
S1 Interlocked switching between variable frequency drive
S1 and bypass
F2 Motor protection (overload relay, alternative to ①)
M1 Three-phase motor
F2 ②

M1 M
3∼

Figure 32: Bypass motor control (example)

DA1 Variable Frequency Drives 08/18 MN04020005Z-EN www.eaton.com 55

2 Engineering
2.4 Mains chokes

2.4 Mains chokes

Mains chokes reduce the total harmonic distortion, mains feedback and also
improve the power factor. The apparent current on the mains side is then
reduced by 30 %.
Towards the variable frequency drive, the main chokes dampen the
interference from the supply network. This increases the electric strength of
the variable frequency drive and lengthens the lifespan (diodes of the mains
power rectifier, internal DC link capacitors).

￫ It is not necessary to use mains chokes in order to run the

DA1 variable frequency drive. However, we recommend using
a mains choke if the electrical supply system’s quality is not
known.
While planning the project, consider that a mains choke is only
assigned to a single variable frequency drive for decoupling.
When using an adapting transformer (assigned to a single
variable frequency drive), a mains choke is not necessary.
Mains chokes are designed based on the mains-side input
current ILN of the variable frequency drive.

￫ FS5, FS6, and FS7 DA1 variable frequency drives feature mains
chokes in their DC link. Using chokes in order to reduce current
harmonics is not necessary in this case.

￫ Only for FS8 DA1 variable frequency drives:

DA1-34370FB-B20C, DA-34450FB-B20C
If it is not guaranteed that the system percentage impedance is
greater than or equal to 1 %, a mains choke must be connected.
Your uK value should fall between 1 % and 4 %.
Examples:
DA1-34370FB-B20C ￫ DX-LN3-370
DA1-34450FB-B20C ￫ DX-LN3-450

￫ When the variable frequency drive is operating at its rated

current limit, the mains choke, with a uK-value of approx. 4 %,
causes a reduction of the variable frequency drive’s greatest
possible output voltage (U2) to approx. 96 % of the mains
voltage (ULN) .
T

￫ For the rated mains contactors for DA1 variable frequency

drives, please refer to the technical data chapter in
￫ section 6.7, “Mains chokes”, page 173.

For more information and technical data on DX-LN… mains

a chokes, please refer to instruction leaflet IL00906003Z.

56 DA1 Variable Frequency Drives 08/18 MN04020005Z-EN www.eaton.com

2 Engineering
2.5 Radio interference suppression filter

2.5 Radio interference suppression filter

DA1-12…FB-…, DA1-32…FB-…, and DA1-34…FB-… variable frequency
drives feature an internal radio interference suppression filter.
Combined with a 360 degrees shielded motor conductor grounded on both
sides, this ensures compliance with the EMC limit value in Category C1,
First Environment (IEC/EN61800-3). This requires installation in accordance
with EMC requirements, as well as not exceeding permissible motor cable
lengths.
The standard motor cable lengths are as follows:
• 1 m in Category C1 in First Environment
• 5 m in Category C2 in First and Second Environment
• 25 m in Category C3 in Second Environment
Longer motor cable lengths can be used if additional, external radio
interference suppression filters (DX-EMC…) are used.
For more information, please refer to the following tables.
Additional measures used to reduce EMC limits and use longer motor cable
lengths are possible in combination with motor chokes and sine wave filters.
DA1-35…NB-… devices do not feature an internal radio interference
suppression filter. DX-EMC34… radio interference suppression filters can be
connected upstream in order to run these devices on a three-phase mains
voltage of 500 V.
Please enquire for radio interference suppression filters for higher mains
voltages.

￫ In the case of power drive systems (PDS) with variable

frequency drives, electromagnetic compatibility (EMC)
measures must already be taken into account during the
engineering stage, as making changes during assembly and
installation and retroactively fixing things will be more
expensive.

￫ The maximum unscreened cable length between the radio

interference suppression filter and the variable frequency drive
should not exceed 300 to 500 mm (depending on the DA1
variable frequency drive's frame size).

￫ For the rated radio interference suppression filters for DA1

variable frequency drives, please refer to the technical data
chapter in￫ section 6.8, “Radio interference suppression
filter”, page 177.

DA1 Variable Frequency Drives 08/18 MN04020005Z-EN www.eaton.com 57

2 Engineering
2.6 Brake resistors

2.6 Brake resistors

In certain operating states, the motor may run as a generator in certain
applications (regenerative braking operation).
Examples include:
• Lowering in hoisting gear and conveyor applications
• Controlled speed reduction in the case of large load inertias
(flywheels)
• A fast speed reduction in dynamic travel drives
When the motor operates as a generator, its braking energy will be fed into
the variable frequency drive’s DC link via the inverter. TheDC link voltage
UDC will be increased as a result. If the voltage value is too high, the DA1
variable frequency drive will disable its inverter, If the voltage value is too
high, the DA1 variable frequency drive will disable its inverter, after which
the motor will coast uncontrolled.
DA1-…B-… variable frequency drives feature an integrated braking chopper.
The brake resistors are connected to the internal braking transistor with
terminals DC+ and BR so that they will be connected in parallel to the DC
link. In addition to this, the braking chopper must be enabled using parameter
P1-05 (= 2 or = 3). The braking chopper will be switched on automatically if
the braking energy being fed back causes the DC link voltage to increase to
the switch-on voltage’s magnitude.

Device series Power supply Voltage class Brake chopper on Brake chopper off

DA1-12… Single-phase 230 V 390 V 378 V

DA1-32… 3-phase 230 V 390 V 378 V
DA1-34… 3-phase 400 V 780 V 756 V
DA1-35… 3-phase 575 V 975 V 945 V

For example, in the case of DA1-34… variable frequency drives, the brake
chopper will be switched on at a DC link voltage of approximately 780 V DC
and then back off at 756 V DC. During this stage, the braking transistor and
the brake resistor will be active continuously. To protect against thermal
overload, under parameter P6-19, the resistance value RB and under
parameter P6-20 rated output PDB of the braking resistance can be set.
It is often difficult to specify a suitable brake resistor for specific applications.
This is due to the fact that not all of the application conditions required for
sizing will be available when the engineering stage starts.

58 DA1 Variable Frequency Drives 08/18 MN04020005Z-EN www.eaton.com

2 Engineering
2.6 Brake resistors

Because of this, and as a simplification, brake resistors are instead usually

classified for two load groups:
• Low duty: Low load with short braking duration and low duty factor (up
to about 25 %), e.g., for horizontal conveyors and handling equipment
for bulk cargo and general cargo, end carriages, sliding doors, and
turbomachinery (centrifugal pumps, fans).
• High duty: High load with long braking duration and high duty factor
(at least 30 %), e.g., for elevators, downhill conveyors, winders,
centrifuges, flywheel motors, and large fans.

RB n

DC+ BR
Motor
~ =
Mains t
UDC

M P
PPEAK
= ~
PRD

t
tBrems tOFF tBrems

Figure 33: Braking cycle, fast motor stop with external brake resistor

Selecting brake resistors

The selection of brake resistors takes place according to the occurring
sustained power loss PDB and the maximum impulse peak output PPeak.
The brake resistor must be appropriate for both outputs.
The maximum pulse power is defined by the braking torque – kinetic energy
Wkin during braking – that is fed back by the motor during braking. In the
simplified procedure, as a guideline value for dimensioning for the impulse
peak output PPeak, the braking output Pmax of the variable frequency drive or
the rated motor output can be used, as the mechanical braking output is
reduced by the efficiency level of the motor and the inverter.
1 Wkin
PPeak ∼ Pmax = x
2 tBraking
The required rated output and continuous rating of the braking resistance
PDB is calculated from the braking energy Wkin and the cycle timeC:
Wkin
PDB =
tC
If the kinetic energy is not known, the percentage ratio of braking time
tbraking and cycle time tC is required:
t
DF[%] = Brake x 100 %
tC
The required continuous rating for a duty factor of 10 % = DF[%]),
for example, can be calculated as follows:
PDB = PPeak x 10 %

DA1 Variable Frequency Drives 08/18 MN04020005Z-EN www.eaton.com 59

2 Engineering
2.6 Brake resistors

The continuous rating PDB of the braking resistance is therefore always the
factor of the duty cycle DF [%] less than the maximum impulse output PPeak.
The resistance value RB must be at least as much as the minimum permitted
resistance value Rmin of the brake transistor.

￫ Use brake resistors with the recommended RBrec resistance

values for the DA1 variable frequency drives’ ratings.

￫ For the rated brake resistors for DA1 variable frequency drives,
please refer to the technical data chapter in

60 DA1 Variable Frequency Drives 08/18 MN04020005Z-EN www.eaton.com

2 Engineering
2.7 Motor chokes

2.7 Motor chokes

It is recommended to use a motor choke if using long cable lengths and/or
connecting several motors in parallel. The motor reactor is in the output of
the variable frequency drive. Its rated operational current must always be
greater than/equal to the rated operational current of variable frequency
drive.
For DA1 variable frequency drives, it is recommended to use a motor choke
for motor cable lengths of 50 meters or more. Doing so may result in the
following improvements:
• Longer maximum permissible screened motor cable length,
up to 200 m,
Longer maximum permissible motor cable length without screening,
up to 300 m
• Current smoothing and du/dt value (kV/μs) attenuation, providing
additional protection for the winding insulation inside the motor,
• Motor noise and heat build-up will be reduced.

￫ Take into account the maximum permissible motor cable

lengths for the relevant EMC interference category.

DX-LM3... Motor
f2
Mains M
Umax

Umax
3~

fPWM

Figure 34: Measurement data DX-LM3…:

Umax = 750 V, f2 = 0 - 400 Hz, fPWM = 8 - 24 kHz (setting P2-24 with DA1)

It is also recommended to use a motor choke at the variable frequency

drive’s output if several motors with identical or different rated operational
data are being run in parallel (V/Hz control only). In this case, the motor choke
will compensate for the total resistance and total inductance decreases
caused by the parallel circuit and will attenuate the cables’ higher stray
capacitance.

￫ For the rated motor chokes for DA1 variable frequency drives,
please refer to the technical data chapter in￫ section 6.10,
“Motor chokes”, page 189.

For more information and technical data on DX-LM3…

a motor chokes, please refer to instruction leaflet
IL00906003Z.

DA1 Variable Frequency Drives 08/18 MN04020005Z-EN www.eaton.com 61

2 Engineering
2.8 Sine wave filters

2.8 Sine wave filters

TheDX-SIN3… sine wave filter removes high-frequency components from
the variable frequency drive’s output voltage (U2). This reduces the
conducted and radiated emission. The output voltage of the sine wave filter
reaches a sinusoidal shape with a lower overlapped output ripple.
The distortion factor of the sine wave voltage is typically 5 % to 10 %.
This reduces the noise generation and losses in the motor.

U2 Motor
DX-SIN3... ①
Mains f2 M
le L 3~

fPWM
uk l

Figure 35:Maximum permissible motor cable lengths

a Screened motor cable: U2 ≦ 230 V → l ≦ 200 m; U2 ≦ 500 V → l ≦ 150 m
unscreened motor cable: U2 ≦ 230 V → l ≦ 300 m; U2 ≦ 500 V → l ≦ 200 m

￫ The DX-SIN3… sine wave filters are not permitted to be

operated with a lower frequency than the switching frequency
stated on the sine wave filter .
For this, the P6-02 parameter (“auto-temperature-manage-
ment”) needs to be set to the double value of the switching
frequency set on the sine wave filter.

Permissible switching frequencies (P2-24) for DA1 with

DX-SIN3…: 1 ≙ 8 kHz; 2 ≙12 kHz

For the DA1 variable frequency drive, the set value with the
double-modulation procedure is the double value of the
effective value in the sine wave filter (1 ≙ 8 kHz → 4 kHz;
2 ≙ 12 kHz → 6 kHz).

￫ For the rated sine wave filters for DA1 variable frequency drives,
please refer to the technical data chapter in￫ section 6.11,
“Sine filters”, page 191.

62 DA1 Variable Frequency Drives 08/18 MN04020005Z-EN www.eaton.com

2 Engineering
2.9 Three-phase motor

2.9 Three-phase motor

2.9.1 Motor selection

￫ Check whether the DA1 variable frequency drive you selected

and the rated AC motor you will be using are compatible with
each other as per the corresponding voltage (mains and motor
voltage) and rated operational current.

Please note the following general recommendations for the motor selection:
• Use three-phase induction motors with squirrel-cage rotors and surface
cooling – also referred to as three-phase asynchronous motors or
standard motors. Other types of motors, such as external rotor motors,
wound rotor motors, reluctance motors, permanent magnet motors,
synchronous motors, and servomotors can also be run with DA1 variable
frequency drives, but will normally require additional engineering,
modifying the various parameters, and detailed information from the
motor manufacturer.
• Only use motors of at least class F temperature rating
(155 °C maximum constant temperature).
• Choose 4-pole motors
where possible (with synchronous speeds of: 1500 min-1 at 50 Hz or
1800 min-1 at 60 Hz).
• Please observe the operating conditions for S1 operation (IEC 60034-1).
• Do not oversize the motor, i. e., the motor should not be more than one
rating level higher than the rated motor output.
• With undersizing, the motor output may only be one output level less
than the allocated output level (to ensure the motor protection).
With significantly smaller motor output, the “frequency control U/f)”
operating mode must be set (P4-01 = 2).

DA1 Variable Frequency Drives 08/18 MN04020005Z-EN www.eaton.com 63

2 Engineering
2.9 Three-phase motor

2.9.2 Circuit types withthree-phase motors

Based on the mains voltage (LN = output voltage U2) and the rated data on
the motor’s nameplate (rating plate), the stator winding of a three-phase
motor can be configured as a star or delta circuit.

230/400 V 3.2/1.9 A
0,75 KW cosϕ 0.79
1410 mi n-1 50 Hz

Figure 36: Example of a motor

rating plate

U1 V1 W1 U1 V1 W1

W2 U2 V2 W2 U2 V2

Figure 37: Configuration types:Star-connected circuit (left), Delta circuit (right)

Examples based on figures36and 37

Motor with star circuit configuration:
Mains voltage: 3~ 400 V; Output voltage: 3~ 400 V
￫ DA1-342D2…
Motor with delta circuit configuration:
Mains voltage: 1~ 230 V; Output voltage: 3~ 230 V
￫ DA1-124D3…

Motor connection

DA1 variable as per as per

frequency IEC UL
drives

U U1 (-U2) T1 (-T4)
V V1 (-V2) T2 (-T5)
W W1 (-W2) T3 (-T6)

64 DA1 Variable Frequency Drives 08/18 MN04020005Z-EN www.eaton.com

2 Engineering
2.9 Three-phase motor

2.9.3 Connecting Motors in Parallel

When in V/Hz control mode (default setting, P4-01 = 2), DA1 variable
frequency drives can be used to run multiple motors simultaneously.

￫ If multiple motors are connected in parallel, the totalof their

motor currents must be lower than the DA1 variable frequency
drive’s rated operational current.

Connecting motors in parallel will reduce the load resistance at the variable
frequency drive’s output. This will cause the total stator inductance to
decrease and the cables’ stray capacitance to increase. As a result of this,
the current distortion becomes greater compared to the single motor
connection.
In order to reduce the current distortion, a motor choke or sine wave filter
should be installed in the output of the variable frequency inverter
(￫ figure 38).

￫ When running multiple motors in parallel with a single variable

frequency drive, the individual motors’ outputs should not be
more than three output classes apart.

￫ If several motors are being run in parallel, you will not be able to
use the variable frequency drive’s electronic motor protection.
As a result, each individual motor must be protected with
thermistors and/or an overload relay.
Within a frequency range of 20 to 120 Hz, the PKE electronic
motor-protective circuit-breaker can be used for motor
protection at a DA1 variable frequency drive’s output as well.

CAUTION
For the parallel operation of several motors on one DA1 variable
frequency drive, the contactors of the individual motors must be
designed according to utilization category AC-3.
The selection of the motor contactors occurs according to the
rated operational current of the motor to be switched.

￫ The total of the motor currents in operation, plus one motor’s

inrush current, must be less than the rated operational current
of the variable frequency drive.
In applications with motors that will be connected and
disconnected, we recommend using a motor choke.

DA1 Variable Frequency Drives 08/18 MN04020005Z-EN www.eaton.com 65

2 Engineering
2.9 Three-phase motor

① a Motor choke (DX-LM3…) or sine

wave filter (DX-SIN3…)

Q11, Q12, Q13, …: Motor contactors

(utilization category AC-3)
Q11 Q12 Q13

F1 F2 F3
F1, F2, F3, …: Motor contactor relay
U1 V1 W1 U1 V1 W1 U1 V1 W1 (overload relay or PKE)

M M M
M1 3 M2 3 M3 3
˜ ˜ ˜

Figure 38: Example: Parallel connection of several motors to one variable frequency drive

66 DA1 Variable Frequency Drives 08/18 MN04020005Z-EN www.eaton.com

2 Engineering
2.9 Three-phase motor

2.9.4 Single-phase ACmotors

It is not permitted to run DA1 variable frequency drives with single-phase AC
motors (induction motors), single-phase asynchronous motors (capacitor
motors), shaded-pole motors, etc.

2.9.5 Connecting EX motors

The following aspects must be taken into account when connecting
hazardous location motors:
• A DA1 variable frequency drive can be installed in an Ex-area or in a
control cabinet outside of the Ex area.
• All applicable industry-specific and country-specific regulations for
hazardous locations (ATEX 100a) must be complied with.
• The specifications and instructions provided by the motor's
manufacturer with regard to operation with a variable frequency drive –
e.g., whether motor reactors (dV/dt limiting) or sine wave filters are
required – must be taken into account.
• Temperature monitors in the motor windings (thermistor, Thermo-Click)
must not be connected directly to the variable frequency drive, but
instead must be connected through a relay approved for the hazardous
location (e.g. EMT6).

2.9.6 Synchronous, reluctance, and PM motors

DA1 variable frequency drives can be used to run premium efficiency
three-phase motors, such as:
• Efficiency classes IE3 and IE4
according to IEC/EN 60034-30, EU No. 4/2014,
• Permanent magnet motors (PM motor),
• Synchronous reluctance motors (SynRM),
• Brushless DC motors.
These motor technologies have comparable efficiencies at their rated
operating point and identical efficiency classes, but also have significant
differences when it comes to their startup behavior and partial-load
operation.
The rating plate details, e.g. 315 V, R20* = 2.1 Ω, L* = 20 mH and
UPol = 195 V / 1000 min-1 also differ significantly from the usual details.

￫ For information on and examples for permanent magnet and

brushless DC-motors, please refer to application note
AP040051EN.

DA1 Variable Frequency Drives 08/18 MN04020005Z-EN www.eaton.com 67

2 Engineering
2.10 STO function

2.10 STO function

2.10.1 Overview
DA1 variable frequency drives include theSTO function (STO =Safe Torque
Off) as part of their standard range of functionalities. This function meets the
requirements for variable-speed drive systems defined in Part 5-2 of the
IEC 61800 standard and ensures that torque-generating energy is no longer
able to act on the motor shaft and that unintended starting is prevented.
Moreover, this state is monitored internally in the drive.
The STO function can be used anywhere where the corresponding motor will
come to a stop by itself in a sufficiently short amount of time as a result of
the corresponding load torque or friction, as well as in cases in which
coasting has no safety implications.

v
v = Motor speed

t1 = STO shutdown
Start of coasting

Gray = Coasting time for motor

without safety implications

t1 t
Figure 39: STO conforming to Stop Category 0

￫ This safety function corresponds to uncontrolled stopping as

defined in IEC 60204-1, Stop Category 0.
It can be used if it is necessary to switch off the power in order
to prevent unexpected starts.

Additional measures (such as mechanical brakes) may be

required in order to prevent hazards in which external factors
are involved (e. g., suspended loads falling down).

￫ Application examples can be found in the Eaton safety manual

PU05907001Z.

You can find the safety manual as a PDF document on the

Eaton website at the following address:
http://www.eaton.eu/Europe/Electrical/CustomerSupport/TechnicalLiterature/SafetyManual/index.htm

68 DA1 Variable Frequency Drives 08/18 MN04020005Z-EN www.eaton.com

2 Engineering
2.10 STO function

CAUTION

 When used in conjunction with permanent magnet motors and

in the unlikely event of multiple output semiconductors (IGBTs)
failing, having the STO function activated may result in a motor
shaft rotational movement of 180 degrees/p = Number of
motor pole pairs).

DANGER

 The STO function is an electronic mechanism that does not

provide sufficient protection against electric shock. Additional
potential isolation measures may be accordingly required (e. g.,
switch-disconnector).

2.10.2 TÜV certification

DA1 variable frequency drives with a TÜV logo on their nameplate feature an
STO function that complies with the following standards:

Standard Classification

EN 61800-5-2:2007 Type 2: “Safely switched-off moment“

EN ISO 13849-1:2006 PL d
EN 61508 (Part 1 to 7) SIL 2
EN60204-1 Stop category 0:
“Uncontrolled stopping by means of immediately cutting the
power supply to the machine drive elements”
EN 62061 SIL CL 2

￫ The following information and descriptions for the STO function

are translations of the original description in English (TÜV
specification).

2.10.3 Specification of the safety relay

Safety component monitoring requires an approvedsafety relay.
When used together with a DA1 variable frequency drive, the following
minimum requirements must be met for the STO function:

Standard requirement SIL 2 or PL d SC 3 or better with interlocked opposing contacts

Number of output contacts Two independent
Rated switching voltage 30 V DC
Current carrying capacity 100 mA (minimum)

DA1 Variable Frequency Drives 08/18 MN04020005Z-EN www.eaton.com 69

2 Engineering
2.10 STO function

2.10.4 STO-compatible installation

DANGER

 Make sure to use proper earthing and select cables based on

local regulations or standards.

The variable frequency drive may have a leakage current greater

than 3.5 mA AC or 10 mA DC. In addition, the grounding cable
must be sized for the maximum mains fault current, which is
normally limited by fuses or miniature circuit-breakers.
Appropriately sized fuses or miniature circuit-breakers should be
installed at the mains supply for the variable frequency drive in
line with local regulations or standards.

DANGER

 The “STO wiring” must be protected against unintended short-

circuits and unintended tampering and modifications.
It must be ensured that the "STO input signal" (control signal
terminals 12/13) has a safe operating state.

CAUTION

 Variable frequency drives with IP 20 protection that are used in

environments with a pollution degree of 2 must be installed in a
control panel with IP 54 protection or better.

￫ In order to prevent damage to the variable frequency drive, the

devices should remain in their original packaging until right
before they are installed.
They must be stored in a dry and clean area with a temperature
range of -40 °C to 60 °C.

￫ The conductor cross-section used for the STO installation

should be between 0.05 and 2.5 mm2 (AWG 30-12).
The length of the cable connected to the control signal terminals
should not exceed 25 meters.

70 DA1 Variable Frequency Drives 08/18 MN04020005Z-EN www.eaton.com

2 Engineering
2.10 STO function

￫ In addition to the wiring guidelines for an installation meeting

EMC requirements (￫ section 3.5, “EMC installation”,
page 91), the following requirements must be observed as well
for the "STO wiring":

• The STO-compatible installation must be protected against

short-circuits and tampering. The cables in the STO circuit
can be mechanically protected with a closed cable duct or
with a conduit (eks = ground and short-circuit-safe
installation).
• The 24-V-DC power supply of the STO inputs can occur
from the internal 24-V-DC voltage of the DA1 variable
frequency drive or from an external 24-V-DC power source
(External Power Supply).
The DA1 variable frequency drive should be wired as
described below.

2.10.4.1 STO installation with internal DA1 supply voltage (24 V DC)
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 Control signal terminals

1: 24 V DC, output, max. 100 mA

7 or 9: 0V

2x 2x 12: STO+, logical high signal,

input = 18 - 30 V DC
from the safety controller

13: STO-, 0-V connection to internal control

PES PES voltage (terminal 7 or 9)

eks
eks

Safety relay

Figure 40: STO installation with internal control voltage

The connecting cable from control signal terminal 1 (+24 V) to the safety
relay's contact and the connecting cable from the safety relay’s contact to
control signal terminal 12 (STO+) must be wired individually and installed
separately (eks, separate mechanical protection with two closed cable ducts
or two conduits). These two separately wired single cables must be
screened, and the corresponding cable screen must be earthed (PES).

DA1 Variable Frequency Drives 08/18 MN04020005Z-EN www.eaton.com 71

2 Engineering
2.10 STO function

2.10.4.2 STO installation with external DA1 supply voltage (24 V DC)
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 Control signal terminals

12: STO+, logical high signal,

input = 18 - 30 V DC

13: STO-, 0-V connection to internal control

voltage (terminal 7 or 9)
PES PES

eks
eks

Safety relay

+24 V DC 0 V
100 mA
External Power
Supply

Figure 41: STO installation with external control voltage

Both of the connecting cables, from the external power supply and the
safety relay, to the control signal terminals 12 (STO+) and 13 (STO-) must be
twisted cables.
These twisted cables must be installed in an enclosed cable duct or
installation pipe (eks) and shielded and the shielding braid must be grounded
(PES).
The external control voltage should meet the following specifications:

Rated control voltage 24 V DC

Voltage for the logical STO high signal 18 - 30 V DC
Current carrying capacity 100 mA

72 DA1 Variable Frequency Drives 08/18 MN04020005Z-EN www.eaton.com

2 Engineering
2.10 STO function

2.10.5 STO function pick-up time

The total pick-up time for the STO function is the time that elapses from the
moment a safety-related event occurs on the system’s components
(aggregate) to the moment a safe state is reached (in this case: Stop
category 0 as defined in IEC 60204-1):
• The pick-up time from the moment the STO inputs (control signal
terminals 12 and 13) become de-energized to the moment when the
outputs in the power section (U, V, W) are in a state in which no torque
is produced in the motor (STO function activated) is less than 1 ms.
• The pick-up time from the moment the STO inputs (control signal
terminals 12 and 13) become de-energized to the moment the STO
monitoring status changes is less than 20 ms.
• The pick-up time from the moment a fault is detected in the STO circuit
to the moment Sto-F is signaled (fault indicator, digital output) is less
than 20 ms.

2.10.6 STO function parameters

￫ The STO function is always activated and enabled in DA1

variable frequency drives – regardless of the operating mode or
of parameter changes made by the user.

During normal operation (supply voltage present), there are various options
for monitoring the STO inputs' (control signal terminals 12 and 13) state.
If the STO inputs are de-energized:
• The corresponding operating unit will display InHibit).
Exception: If the DA1 variable frequency drive detects a fault,
the corresponding fault code will be displayed (not: InHibit).
• Relay RO1 will be switched off if parameter P2-15 is set to 13
(changeover contact: 14-16 = open, 14-15 = closed),
• Relay RO2 will be switched off if parameter P2-18 is set to 13
(N/O: 17-18 = open).

DA1 Variable Frequency Drives 08/18 MN04020005Z-EN www.eaton.com 73

2 Engineering
2.10 STO function

Table 3: STO-relevant parameters

PNU Modbus ID Access right Name Value Description DS
RUN/ STOP ro/rw

P2-15 237 RUN rw RO1 function 0 - 13 Selection of the function of output relay RO1 1

Possible values:
• 0: RUN, Enable (FWD/REV)
• 1: READY, variable frequency drive ready
for operation
• 2: Speed = speed setpoint value
• 3: Speed > 0
• 4: Speed ≧ Limit: ON: ≧ P2-16;
OFF: < P2-17
• 5: Motor Current ≧ limit: ON: ≧ P2-16;
OFF: < P2-17
• 6: Speed ≧ Limit: ON: ≧ P2-16;
OFF: < P2-17
• 7: Analog input AI2 ≧ Limit: ON: > P2-16;
OFF: < P2-17
• 8: Reserved
• 9: Reserved
• 9: Reserved
• 10: Reserved
• 11: Reserved
• 12: Reserved
• 13: STO (STO = Safe Torque OFF) Status
P2-18 240 RUN rw RO2 function 0 - 13 Selection of the function of output relay RO2 0

Possible values:
• 0: RUN, Enable (FWD/REV)
• 1: READY, variable frequency drive ready
for operation
• 2: Speed = speed setpoint value
• 3: Speed > 0
• 4: Speed ≧ Limit: ON: ≧ P2-19;
OFF: < P2-20
• 5: Motor Current ≧ limit: ON: ≧ P2-19;
OFF: < P2-20
• 6: Speed ≧ Limit: ON: ≧ P2-19;
OFF: < P2-20
• 7: Analog input AI2 ≧ Limit: ON: > P2-19;
OFF: < P2-20
• 8: Control for the external brake of a hoist.
(Enables the operating mode for hoists).
ON: output frequency ≧ P2-07 with START
(FWD/REV) command present. OFF: Output
frequency ≦ P2-08 with START (FWD/REV)
command not present.
• 9: Reserved
• 9: Reserved
• 10: Reserved
• 11: Reserved
• 12: Reserved
• 13: STO (STO = Safe Torque OFF) Status

74 DA1 Variable Frequency Drives 08/18 MN04020005Z-EN www.eaton.com

2 Engineering
2.10 STO function

PNU Modbus ID Access right Name Value Description DS

RUN/ STOP ro/rw

P2-36 258 RUN rw Start Mode Edge-r Defines the behavior of the drive relating to Auto-0
Auto-0 the enable digital input and also configures
… automatic restart after a failure.
Auto-5
Possible values:
• 0: Edge-r: If the enable signal is already
active before the supply voltage is
switched on or before a RESET, the drive
will not start.
A rising edge is required for starting.
• 1: Auto-0: If the enable signal is already
active before the supply voltage is
switched on or before a RESET, the drive
will start automatically.
• 2, …,6: Auto-1, …, Auto-5: Following a
trip, the drive will make up to 5 attempts to
restart at intervals according to P6-03.
As long as the supply voltage is not
switched off, the counter content remains.
The number of start attempts is counted. If
the drive fails to start automatically on the
last attempt, it will be switched off with a
fault message, after which a
manual RESET will be required.

Caution:
An automatic restart is possible only when the
control commands are given via terminals
(P1-12 = 0, and P1-12 = 11 when, after a
communication loss, the control is toggled to
the terminals).
Observe the following warning!

DANGER

 For the automatic start mode (Auto-0 to Auto-5), personnel

protection and the implications for the drive system must be
specifically noted.

DA1 Variable Frequency Drives 08/18 MN04020005Z-EN www.eaton.com 75

2 Engineering
2.10 STO function

2.10.7 Error messages

The following table lists the error messages relevant to the STO function, as
well as potential causes and fixes.

Table 4: Error messages

Display1) Error code2) Name Potential causes and fixes
Modbus RTU [hex]

PS-trP 05 Power section fault • Error message from the power

section's output
• Check the connection to the motor
(short-circuit, earth fault).
• Disconnect the cable from terminals
U, V, W.
If the fault message cannot be reset,
please contact your nearest Eaton
representative.
Sto-F 29 Internal STO circuit fault Please contact your nearest Eaton
representative.
1) Display = Error code on the 7-digital display assembly or on the optional DX-KEY-LED2 keypad
2) Modbus RTU [hex] = Hexadecimal fault code via Modbus

2.10.8 STO function checklist

A drive’s STO function should always be checked before initial
commissioning, after maintenance, and at regular maintenance intervals.
This check should include the following tests:

No. Activity Note

1 The STO inputs (control signal terminals 12, 13) are de-
energized. With motor standstill and a stop command
on the DA1 variable frequency drives, InHibit is
displayed (locked state).
2 The STO inputs (control signal terminals 12, 13) are de-
energized and the DA1 variable frequency drive
receives a start command (depending on the selected
mode in P1-13, DI Config Select).
InHibit is displayed (locked state). The motor does
not start.
3 The STO inputs (control signal terminals 12, 13) are
supplied with 24 V DC and the DA1 variable frequency
drive receives a start command (depending on the
selected mode in P1-13, DI Config Select). The motor
starts normally and is controlled by the DA1 variable
frequency drive.
4 The motor is running while being controlled by the
DA1 variable frequency drive and an STO input
(control signal terminal 12 or 13) is de-energized.
InHibitis displayed and the motor coasts.

76 DA1 Variable Frequency Drives 08/18 MN04020005Z-EN www.eaton.com

2 Engineering
2.10 STO function

2.10.9 Regular maintenance

The STO function should always be included in a scheduled maintenance
process (at least once per year) so that the function will be tested on a
regular basis to make sure it is intact and complete – especially after changes
are made to the safety system and after repairs are made.
During the corresponding inspection and testing, the variable frequency
drive's installation and operating environment must be checked:
• The ambient temperature must fall within the admissible range.
• The heat sink and fan must be free of dust and other foreign particles.
The fan must be able to rotate freely.
• The enclosure in which the variable frequency drive is installed must be
free of dust and condensation.
• The enclosure fan and air filter must provide the required airflow.
• All electrical connections must be checked:
The screw terminals must be properly tightened and the power cables
must not show any signs of heat damage.

2.10.10 “Safe stop”function

The purpose of the STO function is to prevent the drive from enabling the
motor to produce a torque when there is no input signal at terminals 12 and
13. This makes it possible to integrate the drive into a complete safety
system in which the “safe stop” function needs to be fully implemented.

DANGER

 The STO function cannot prevent unexpected restarting or

automatic restarting (if the corresponding parameters are
configured for this type of restarting).
Accordingly, it must not be used to perform maintenance or
cleaning work on the machine.

The STO function eliminates the need to use electro-mechanical contactors

with self-monitoring auxiliary contacts in order to implement safety
functions.

DANGER

 In certain applications, additional measuring and monitoring

equipment may be needed in order to meet the requirements
for the system’s safety function.
The STO function does not include motor braking, and the DA1
variable frequency drive’s braking function cannot be considered
a fail-safe method by itself.
If a motor braking function is required, an appropriate safety
relay and/or a mechanical braking system or a similar method
must be used.

DA1 Variable Frequency Drives 08/18 MN04020005Z-EN www.eaton.com 77

2 Engineering
2.10 STO function

The STO function that is integrated into the DA1 variable frequency drive
fulfills the definition of “safe stop” according to IEC 61800-5-2 and
corresponds to a non-controlled hold in accordance with category 0
(emergency-stop) of the IEC 60204-1 norm. This means that the motor runs
down (coasts), if the STO function is activated. The method used for
stopping must be appropriate for the system being driven by the motor.
The STO function is approved for use as a fail-safe method even in cases in
which the STO signal is not present and a single fault has occurred in the
drive. The drive was accordingly tested in accordance with the following
safety standards:

SIL PFHd(Probability of dangerous SFF (%) Lifetime

( Safety Integrity Failures per Hour) (Safe Failure Fraction) assumed
Level)
EN 61800-5-2 2 1.23E-09 1/h (0.12 % SIL 2) 50 20 Yrs
PL(Performance CCF (%)(Common Cause
Level) Failure)
EN ISO 13849-1 PL d 1
SIL CL
EN 62061 SIL CL 2

The values provided here can only be ensured if the DA1 variable frequency
drive is installed in an environment that stays within the permissible limits:
• Ambient temperature range: -10 to +50 °C, taking into account any limits
that depend on frame size and protection.
• Maximum altitude for rated operation: 1000 m above sea level,
with altitude derating of 1 % for every 100 m above 1000 m
(up to max. 4000 m for IEC / 2000 m for UL)
• Relative humidity: < 95 % (non-condensing).
The DA1 variable frequency drive must always be free of frost and
moisture.

78 DA1 Variable Frequency Drives 08/18 MN04020005Z-EN www.eaton.com

3 Installation
3.1 Introduction

3 Installation

3.1 Introduction
This chapter provides a description of the mounting and the electrical
connection for the DA1 variable frequency drive.

￫ While mounting and/or assembling the variable frequency drive,

cover all ventilation slots in order to ensure that no foreign
bodies can enter the device.

￫ Perform all installation work only with the specified appropriate

tools and without the use of force .

￫ For information on how to install DA1 variable frequency drives

with the various enclosure versions, please refer to the
following instruction leaflets:
• IL04020010Z (IP20 in FS2, FS3)
• IP040049ZU (IP20 in FS4, FS5)
• IL04020012Z (IP20 in FS8)
• IL04020011Z (IP55 in FS4, …, FS7)
• IL04020015Z (IP66 in FS2, FS3)

3.2 Installation position

DA1 variable frequency drives are available in three enclosure versions:
• IP20 / NEMA 0 protection for use in control panels,
• IP55 / NEMA 12 protection,
• IP66 / NEMA 4X protection.
The IP55 and IP66 enclosure versions provide protection against moisture
and dust, allowing for use under harsh conditions in indoor environments.
Without the required additional measures, using the device in the following
environments is strictly prohibited:
• Explosion-proof areas
• Environments with damaging substances:
• Oils and acids
• Gases and fumes
• Dust
• Radiated noise
• Environments with mechanical vibration and impact loads that go
beyond the requirements of EN 50178.
• Areas in which the variable frequency drive takes care of safety
functions that must guarantee machine and personnel protection.

DA1 Variable Frequency Drives 08/18 MN04020005Z-EN www.eaton.com 79

3 Installation
3.3 Assembly

3.3 Assembly
The installation guidance provided here takes into account building the
devices into suitable housings with protection rating IP20 and IP55 in
accordance with the EN 60529 standard or other essential provisions that
apply regionally.
• The enclosures must be made of a material with high thermal
conductivity.
• If a control panel with ventilation openings is used, the openings must
be located above and below the variable frequency drive in order to allow
for proper air circulation. Air should be delivered from the bottom and
conveyed outwards through the top.
• If the environment outside the control panel contains dirt particles (e. g.,
dust), a suitable particle filter must be placed on the ventilation openings
and forced ventilation must be used.
The filters must be maintained and cleaned if necessary.
• An appropriate enclosed control panel (without ventilation openings)
must be used in environments containing large percentages or amounts
of humidity, salt, or chemicals.

￫ Install the DA1 variable frequency drive only on a nonflammable

mounting base (e.g., on a metal plate).

Figure 42: Surface mounting on metal plate

IP66 DA1 variable frequency drives must be installed as required by the local
conditions for this protection.

80 DA1 Variable Frequency Drives 08/18 MN04020005Z-EN www.eaton.com

3 Installation
3.3 Assembly

3.3.1 Position of installation

The DA1 device series variable frequency drives are installed vertically.
The maximum permitted tilt is 30°.

≦ 30º
≦ 30º
≦ 30º
≦ 30º

Figure 43: Position of installation

3.3.2 Cooling measures

In order to guarantee sufficientair circulation, enough thermal clearance must
be ensured according to the frame size (rating) of the frequency inverter.

b
c

 DC- L1/L L2/N L3  DC- L1/L L2/N L3 0

REV FWD

a a
OFF
PWR

a a
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13

COM COM

14 15 16 17 18 14 15 16 17 18

 DC+ BR U V W  DC+ BR U V W
c
c

Figure 44: Clearances forair cooling (left: IP20; right: IP66)

￫ The variable frequency drives can be mounted side by side

without any lateral clearance between them.

DA1 Variable Frequency Drives 08/18 MN04020005Z-EN www.eaton.com 81

3 Installation
3.3 Assembly

Table 5: Minimum clearances and required cooling airflow

Frame size a b c Required airflow
(protection)
mm in mm in mm in m3/h cfm
FS2 (IP20) 50 1.97 31 1.22 75 2.95 70 41
FS2 (IP66) 0 0 12 0.47 150 5.91 0 0
FS3 (IP20) 50 1.97 31 1.22 100 3.94 190 112
FS3 (IP66) 0 0 13 0.51 150 5.91 0 0
FS4 (IP20) 25 0.98 70 2.76 200 7.87 105 62
FS4 (IP55) 10 0.39 71 2.8 200 7.87 425 250
FS5 (IP20) 25 0.98 70 2.76 200 7.87 177 104
FS5 (IP55) 10 0.39 70 2.76 200 7.87 425 250
FS6 (IP55) 10 0.39 140 5.52 200 7.87 650 383
FS7 (IP55) 10 0.39 140 5.52 200 7.87 650 383
FS8 (IP20) 50 1.97 162 6.38 350 13.78 825 485

The values in table5 are recommended values for an ambient air temperature
of +50 °C for IP20 and +40 °C for IP55 and +40 °C in frame size FS8 (IP20),
an installation altitude of up to 1000 m and a switching frequency of up to
8 kHz.

￫ Typicalheat loss makes up about 3 % of the operational load

conditions.

Frame size Minimum clearance ①

FS2, …, FS7 ≧ 15 mm (≧ 0.59 in)
FS8 ≧ 50 mm (≧ 1.97 in)

Figure 45: Minimum required clearance ① in front of the

① variable frequency drive when installed in an
enclosure (control panel)

￫ Please ensure that the installation makes it possible to properly

open and close the control signal terminal enclosure.

82 DA1 Variable Frequency Drives 08/18 MN04020005Z-EN www.eaton.com

3 Installation
3.3 Assembly

When variable frequency drives with internal fans are installed vertically over
each other, an air baffle must be placed between the devices. Failure to do
so may expose the device on top to a thermal overload caused by the guided
air flow (device fan).

c
c

Figure 46: Deflector due to increased circulation caused by device fan

DA1 Variable Frequency Drives 08/18 MN04020005Z-EN www.eaton.com 83

3 Installation
3.3 Assembly

2
> 200 mm
(> 7.87")

V c

V = 13.75 m3/min
V = 485.58 cfm

V
c

Figure 47: Air circulation in frame size FS8

There must be enough clearance above and in front of the control panel in
order to ensure that there will be adequate cooling and space for any
required maintenance work. The required volume of cooling air [1] and the
required cooling air temperature must ensure that the variable frequency
drive’s maximum permissible ambient temperature will not be exceeded.
It must be possible for the hot exhaust air [2] to be channeled away
unobstructed. Residual heat may cause the variable frequency drive’s
maximum permissible ambient temperature to be exceeded.
The heat dissipation of the variable frequency drive and of the rated
accessories in the power path (mains choke, motor choke, sine filter) will
vary significantly depending on the load, the output frequency, and the carrier
frequency being used.

￫￫ section 6.2, “Specific rated operational data”, page 148 lists

the variable frequency drives' heat dissipation at the rated
operational current.
The following formula provides a good reference value for estimating heat
dissipation at target conditions, and can be used to size cooling and
ventilation equipment for electrical rooms:
PLoss [kW] = PMotor [kW] x 0.025

84 DA1 Variable Frequency Drives 08/18 MN04020005Z-EN www.eaton.com

3 Installation
3.3 Assembly

3.3.3 Fixing
All DA1 variable frequency drive frame sizes can be mounted with screws.
Moreover, frame sizes FS2 and FS3 with IP20 protection can be mounted on
a mounting rail as well.

￫ Install the DA1 variable frequency drive only on a nonflammable

mounting base (e. g., on a metal plate).

￫ Dimension and weight specifications for the DA1 variable

frequency drive can be found in the ￫ section 6.3,
“Dimensions and frame sizes”, page 158.

3.3.3.1 Fixing with screws

￫ Use screws with a washer and split washer with the

permissible tightening torque in order to protect the enclosure
and safely and reliably mount the device.

a1
1

a1
b1

Figure 48: Mounting dimensions

▶ First fit the screws at the specified positions, mount the variable
frequency drive and then fully tighten all screws.

DA1 Variable Frequency Drives 08/18 MN04020005Z-EN www.eaton.com 85

3 Installation
3.3 Assembly

Table 6: Mounting dimensions,screws, tightening torques

Frame size protection a1 b1 Screw Tightening torque
FS IP NEMA mm in mm in Number Size Nm lb-in

FS2 IP20 NEMA 0 75 2.95 215 8.46 4 M4 1 8.85

FS2 IP66 NEMA 4X 176 6.93 200 7.87 4 M4 1.2 - 1.5 10.62 - 13.27
FS3 IP20 NEMA 0 100 3.94 255 10.04 4 M4 1 8.85
FS3 IP66 NEMA 4X 198 7.78 252 9.9 4 M4 1.2 - 1.5 10.62 - 13.27
FS4 IP20 NEMA 0 125 4.92 400 15.75 4 M8 2 18
FS4 IP55 NEMA 12 110 4.33 428 16.85 4 M8 4 35.4
FS5 IP20 NEMA 0 175 6.89 460 18.11 4 M8 4 35.4
FS5 IP55 NEMA 12 175 6.89 515 20.28 4 M8 15 132.76
FS6 IP55 NEMA 12 200 7.87 840 33.07 4 M10 20 177
FS7 IP55 NEMA 12 200 7.87 1255 44.41 4 M10 20 177
FS8 IP20 NEMA 0 420 16.54 942 37.09 4 M12 57 504.5
1 in = 1’’ = 25.4 mm; 1 mm = 0.0394 in

3.3.3.2 Fixing on amounting rail

As an alternative to screw fixing, DA1 variable frequency drives (sizes FS2
and FS3) and IP20 protection can also be mounted on a mounting rail as per
IEC/EN 60715.

￫ Ifyou use EMC mounting adapters (DX-EMC-MNT-…),

preferably use a tall mounting rail (15 mm).
1.38”
35

1 0.04”
7.5 0.29”
15 0.59”

Figure 49: Mounting rail conforming with IEC/EN 60715

86 DA1 Variable Frequency Drives 08/18 MN04020005Z-EN www.eaton.com

3 Installation
3.3 Assembly

▶ To do this, place the variable frequency drive on the mounting rail from
above [1] and press it down until it snaps into place [2].

EMC

VAR
EMC

VAR

Figure 50: Fixing on mounting rails

Dismantling from mounting rails

▶ To remove the device, push down [2] on the clip being held by a spring
force [1]. For this, there is a marked recess on the bottom edge of the
device.
For unlocking, it is recommended that a screwdriver with a flat head
(e. g. head width 5 mm) is used.

EMC
f 5 mm
VAR
(f 0.197“)

1
3
2

Figure 51: Dismantling from mounting rails

▶ Now pull the lower edge away from the mounting surface (forwards) [3]
before lifting the variable frequency drive off the mounting rail.

DA1 Variable Frequency Drives 08/18 MN04020005Z-EN www.eaton.com 87

3 Installation
3.3 Assembly

3.3.4 Control panel installation

If the DA1 variable frequency drive is installed into a control cabinet, ensure
that it is installed with structural stability.
It is preferable to install it on a rear wall. Moreover, the top of the cabinet
should be fastened to the wall and the two front corners should be fastened
to the floor.
If the cabinet is set up in a freestanding configuration, all four corners must
be fastened to the floor.

Figure 52: Stable control panel setup

￫ Heavy accessories such as motor chokes and sine wave filters

should always be installed on the control panel's base plate.

88 DA1 Variable Frequency Drives 08/18 MN04020005Z-EN www.eaton.com

3 Installation
3.4 IP66 / NEMA4X protection

3.4 IP66 / NEMA4X protection

IP66 DA1 variable frequency drives are available in two versions:
• DA1-…-A66C: Controlled via control signal terminals
• DA1-…-A6SC: Controlled with controls on the front and/or
control signal terminals

REV 0
FWD

PWR OFF

DA1-…-A66C DA1-…-A6SC

Figure 53: IP66 variants

The units must be mounted, with four screws and in a vertical position, on a
wall or panel that is made of nonflammable material and is stable enough to
hold the variable frequency drive’s weight.

FS2, FS3 = 4 x M4
1 Nm (8.85 lb-in)

Figure 54: Openings for fixing screws

DA1 Variable Frequency Drives 08/18 MN04020005Z-EN www.eaton.com 89

3 Installation
3.4 IP66 / NEMA4X protection

On the DA1-…-A6SC version, the main disconnect switch can be locked in

the OFF position with a standard padlock.
PWR OFF

0
REV FWD

OFF
PWR

⌀ = 5 mm ￫ 2 x
(⌀ = 0.20" ￫ 2 x)

Figure 55: DA1-…-A6SC with padlock

▶ Push on the center of the switch in order to open the opening for the
padlock.

90 DA1 Variable Frequency Drives 08/18 MN04020005Z-EN www.eaton.com

3 Installation
3.5 EMC installation

3.5 EMC installation

The responsibility to comply with the legally stipulated limit values and thus
the provision of electromagnetic compatibility is the responsibility of the end
user or system operator. This operator must also take measures to minimize
or remove emission in the environment concerned. They must also utilize
means to increase the interference immunity of the devices of the system.

￫ In a power drive system (PDS) with variable frequency drives,

you should take measures for electromagnetic compatibility
(EMC) while doing your engineering, since changes or
improvements to the installation site, which are required in the
installation or while mounting, are normally associated with
additional higher costs as well.

The technology and system of a variable frequency drive cause the flow of
high frequency leakage current during operation. Because of this, all earthing
elements must be low-impedance elements connected in such a way as to
establish an electrical contact across a large surface area.
With leakage currents greater than 3.5 mA, in accordance with VDE 0160 or
EN 60335, either
• the cable cross-section of the protective conductor must be ≧ 10 mm2,
• the protective conductor must be open-circuit monitored, or
• a second protective conductor must be fitted.
For an EMC-compliant installation, we recommend the following measures:
• installation of the variable frequency drive in a metallic conductive
housing with a good connection to ground,
• screened motor cables (short cables).

￫ Ground all conductive components and enclosures in a drive

system with the shortest possible cable with the largest
possible diameter (Cu-braid).

3.5.1 EMC measures in the control panel

In order to have an installation that meets EMC requirements, make sure to
connect all the metallic parts in the devices and in the control panel to each
other across a large area and in a way that will make it possible to conduct
high frequencies. Mounting plates and control panel doors should be
connected to the panel by means of short HF braids with an electrical contact
established across a large surface area.

￫ Do not make connections to painted surfaces (electrolytic

oxidation, yellow chromated).

￫ Install the variable frequency drive as directly as possible

(without spacers) on a metal plate (mounting plate).

DA1 Variable Frequency Drives 08/18 MN04020005Z-EN www.eaton.com 91

3 Installation
3.5 EMC installation

￫ Route mains and motor cables in the control cabinet as close to

the ground potential as possible. This is because free moving
cables act as antennas.

￫ If routed in parallel, cables carrying high frequencies (e. g.,

screened motor cables) and clean cables (e. g., mains supply
cable, control and signal cables) should be installed at a distance
of at least 100 mm from each other in order to avoid
electromagnetic interference. You should also use separate
cable entries if there is a great difference in voltage potentials.
If control cables and power cables need to cross, they should
always do so at right angles (90°).

② ①

≧ 100 mm
(≧ 3.94“)

Figure 56: Cable routing

￫ Never lay control or signal cables ② in the same duct as power

cables ①.
Analog signal cables (measured values, setpoints, and
correction values) must be routed inside shielded conduits.

b b a
a
Figure 57: Separate cable routing

a Cable routing: Mains voltage, motor connection

b Control and signal lines, fieldbus connections

92 DA1 Variable Frequency Drives 08/18 MN04020005Z-EN www.eaton.com

3 Installation
3.5 EMC installation

3.5.2 Grounding
The protective earth (PE) in the control panel should be connected from the
mains supply to a central earth point (mounting plate, system earth). The PE
conductor’s cross-sectional area must be at least as large as that of the
incoming mains supply cable.
Every variable frequency drive must be individually connected to the power
supply system’s protective earth directly at the location of installation
(system earthing). This protective earth must not pass through any other
devices.
All protective conductors should be routed in a star topology starting from
the central earth point, and all of the drive’s system’s conductive
components (e. g., variable frequency drive, sine wave filter) should be
connected.
The earth-fault loop impedance must comply with all locally applicable
industrial safety regulations. In order to meet UL standards, UL-listed ring
cable lugs must be used for all earth wiring connections.

￫ Avoid ground loops when installing multiple variable frequency

drives in a single control cabinet. Make sure that all metallic
devices that are to be grounded have a broad area connection
with the mounting plate.

3.5.2.1 Protective earth

This refers to the legally required protective earth for a variable frequency
drive. An earthing terminal on the variable frequency drive, or the system
earth, must be connected to a neighboring steel element in the building
(beam, ceiling joist), an earth electrode in the ground, or a mains earth bus.
The earth points must meet the requirements set forth by the applicable
national and local industrial safety regulations and/or regulations for electrical
systems.

3.5.2.2 Motor earthing

The motor earth must be connected to one of the earthing terminals on the
variable frequency drive and to a neighboring steel element in the building
(beam, ceiling joist), an earth electrode in the ground, or a mains earth bus.

3.5.2.3 Earth-fault protection

A fault current to earth can be produced by variable frequency drives due to
their system characteristics. DA1 series variable frequency drives have been
designed in such a way that the smallest possible fault current will be
produced in compliance with standards applicable worldwide. In the case of
devices powered with a three-phase supply (DA1-3…), this fault current
must be monitored by a residual current device (RCD, type B).

DA1 Variable Frequency Drives 08/18 MN04020005Z-EN www.eaton.com 93

3 Installation
3.5 EMC installation

3.5.3 Internal filters (EMC and VAR screws)

3.5.3.1 EMC screws

The DA1 variable frequency drives in sizes FS2 and FS3 have two screws on
the left-hand side in protection rating IP20, which are marked with EMC and
VAR; in sizes FS4 and FS5, these screws are on the front.

￫ The EMC screws are found only in devices with an internal RFI
filter in sizes FS2 to FS5 with IP20 protection.
PH1 20 mm (0.79")

M3
EMC
L1/L VAR

L2/N U
L3

EMC VAR


Figure 58: EMC and VAR screw

WARNING
The screw labeled EMC must not be adjusted as long as the
variable frequency drive is connected to the mains.

￫ The EMC screw connects the EMC filter's mains-side

capacitors to earth galvanically. The screw must be screwed in
all the way to the stop (factory setting) in order for the variable
frequency drive to comply with EMC standards.

Due to their system characteristics, variable frequency drives with an internal

EMC filter will produce a larger fault current to earth than devices without a
filter. For applications in which this larger leakage current may cause
malfunction messages or disconnections (residual current device), the EMC
filter's internal protective earth can be disconnected (remove the EMC screw
to do this).
The local EMC regulations must be taken into consideration for this.
If necessary, a specific low-leakage-current EMC filter (DX-EMC...-L) must be
connected upstream.
In connections to isolated power sources (IT networks), the EMC and
VAR-screw should be removed. The earth fault monitors required for
IT networks must be suitable for operation with power electronic devices
( IEC 61557-8).

94 DA1 Variable Frequency Drives 08/18 MN04020005Z-EN www.eaton.com

3 Installation
3.5 EMC installation

3.5.4 VAR screw

DA1 series variable frequency drives are equipped with an overvoltage filter
for the input supply voltage that is designed to protect the devices from
noise pulses in the mains voltage. Pulse spikes are typically caused by
lightning strikes or by switching operations in other high-power devices on
the same supply.
If high-voltage tests are performed on a system, these overvoltage
protection components may cause the system to fail the test. In order to
make it possible to perform this type of high-voltage tests, the overvoltage
protection components can be disconnected by removing the VAR screw.
The screw must be screwed back in after the high-voltage tests are
performed and the test must then be repeated. The system must then fail
the test, indicating that the overvoltage protection components have been
reconnected.

￫ The VAR screw is found only in devices in sizes FS2 and FS3
with IP20 protection.

WARNING
The screw labeled VAR (￫ figure 58, page 94) must not be
adjusted as long as the variable frequency drive is connected to
the mains.

3.5.5 Shielding
Cables that are not screened work like antennas (sending, receiving).

￫ For a proper EMC connection, cables emitting interference

(e. g., motor cables) and susceptible cables (analog signal and
measured values) must be screened and laid separately from
each other.

The effectiveness of the cable screen depends on a good screen connection

and a low screen impedance.

￫ Use only screens with tinned or nickel-plated copper braiding.

Braided steel shields are unsuitable.

￫ Control and signal lines (analog, digital) should always be

grounded on one end, in the immediate vicinity of the supply
voltage source (PES).

DA1 Variable Frequency Drives 08/18 MN04020005Z-EN www.eaton.com 95

3 Installation
3.5 EMC installation

3.5.6 EMC cable brackets

The DX-EMC-MNT-... cable brackets enable the cable routing and cable catch
in the connection area of the DA1 variable frequency drive in sizes FS2 and
FS3 of protection type IP20. The cable brackets are installed on the mains
connection side (DX-EMC-MNT-…N) and the motor side (DX-EMC-MNT-…M)
of the variable frequency drive above the mounting holes and connected to
the ground connection  of the variable frequency drive.
The cable brackets' integrated hole pattern (M4 screw thread) makes it
possible to secure the cables being connected and relieve any strain on them
by using the corresponding cable clamps. It also makes it possible to have a
360° EMC connection (PES) in the case of screened cables.
These cable brackets are made of galvanized sheet steel.

Figure 59: DX-EMC-MNT-...N (left), mains and DX-EMC-MNT-...M (right), motor, cable
brackets

￫ For more information and technical data on DX-EMC-MNT-…

EMC cable brackets, please refer to instructional leaflet
IL040010ZU.

￫ DX-EMC-MNT-… EMC cable brackets are sold as individual

units. There are different brackets for each DA1 variable
frequency drive frame sizes (FS2 and FS3).
Thecable clamps and their fixing screws are included in the
equipment supplied with the cable brackets.

Cable bracket Frame size DA1 Cable clamps

Number / designation

DX-EMC-MNT-2N FS2 1/Mains connection

DX-EMC-MNT-2M FS2 3/control cables, motor connection, external braking resistor
DX-EMC-MNT-3N FS3 1/Mains connection
DX-EMC-MNT-3M FS3 3/control cables, motor connection, external braking resistor

96 DA1 Variable Frequency Drives 08/18 MN04020005Z-EN www.eaton.com

3 Installation
3.5 EMC installation

3.5.7 General installation diagram

 ~ AC
PE
①

⑥
 DC- L1/L L2/N L3

B A B A

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 ③
COM

14 15 16 17 18

 DC+ BR U V W
PES

⑤
B A

PES

PES
≧ 100 mm
PES
(≧ 3.94“)

PE PE
U VW U VW

Figure 60: EMC installation

a Mains connection: Supply voltage, central earthing connection for control panel and machine
b External radio interference suppression filter: Optional external radio interference suppression
DX-EMC… radio interference suppression filter for longer motor cables or use in a different EMC
environment
c Control connection: Connecting the digital and analog control lines, STO function and communicating
through an RS45 plug-in connection
d Motor connection: EMC connection (PES) between the screened motor cable and the motor's terminal
box, made according to EMC requirements, with metal cable gland or with gland plate in the terminal
box.
e Cable Routing: Power cables (A) and control cables (B) spatially routed separately from each other.
If different potential levels need to cross, they should do so at right angles as far as possible.
f Cable Routing: Do not route power cables and control cables parallel to each other in a single cable
duct. If they need to be routed in parallel, they should be in separate metal cable ducts (in order to
meet EMC-requirements).

DA1 Variable Frequency Drives 08/18 MN04020005Z-EN www.eaton.com 97

3 Installation
3.6 Electrical Installation

3.6 Electrical Installation

CAUTION

 Carry out wiring work only after the variable frequency drive has
been correctly mounted and secured.

DANGER

 Electric shock hazard - risk of injuries!

Carry out wiring work only if the unit is de-energized.

WARNING
Fire hazard!
Use only those cables, circuit-breakers, and contactors that
feature the indicated permissible nominal current value.

WARNING
The ground leakage currents in the DA1 variable frequency
drives can be greater than 3.5 mA (AC).
According to product standard IEC/EN 61800-5-1, an additional
grounding conductor must be connected or the existing
grounding conductor must have a cross-section of at least
10 mm2.

DANGER

 The components in the variable frequency drive’s power

section remain energized up to five (5) minutes after the supply
voltage has been switched off (intermediate circuit capacitor
discharging time).

Pay attention to hazard warnings!

￫ Complete the following steps with the specified tools and

without using force.

98 DA1 Variable Frequency Drives 08/18 MN04020005Z-EN www.eaton.com

3 Installation
3.6 Electrical Installation

3.6.1 Connection to thepower section

The connection to the power section is normally made via the connection
terminals:
• L1/L, L2/N, L3, PE for the mains-side supply voltage.
The phase sequence is not relevant for sizes FS2 to FS7.
Pay attention to the phase sequence for frame size FS8!
• DC+ (or +), DC- (or -), PE for DC link coupling or if the device is being
supplied with DC voltage
• U, V, W, PE for the input wiring to the motor
• BR, DC+ (or +), PE for an external braking resistor
• DC+ (or +) or DC- (or -), PE for connecting all-pole sine filters

 DC- L1/L L2/N

1 2 3 4
5 6 7 8
9 10 11 12
13
COM

14 15 16 17
18

 DC+ BR
U V W

Figure 61: Connection to power section (schematic)

The number and the arrangement of the connection terminals used depend
on the DA1 variable frequency drive’s frame size and model.

WARNING
The variable frequency drive must always be connected with
ground potential via a grounding conductor (PE).

DA1 Variable Frequency Drives 08/18 MN04020005Z-EN www.eaton.com 99

3 Installation
3.6 Electrical Installation

3.6.1.1 Connection terminals on frame sizes FS2 and FS3 with IP20
Table 7: Connection terminals (FS2, FS3)
Connection terminals Description

PE L N
Connection with single-phase supply voltage (230 V):
• DA1-12… (200 - 240 V)
⏚ DC- L1/L L2/N L3

PE L1 L2 L3
Connection with three-phase supply voltage:
• DA1-32… (200 - 240 V)
• DA1-34… (380 - 400 V)
DC- L1/L L2/N L3 • DA1-35… (500 - 600 V)

Motor connection for three-phase motors:

⏚ DC+ BR U V W (motor voltage = supply voltage)
• DA1-12…
• DA1-32…
• DA1-34…
PES • DA1-35…
RB optional: internal or external braking resistor (RB)
M
3

￫ DC+ and DC- for DC link coupling or if the device is being

supplied with DC voltage.
To do this, the terminal screw cover needs to be knocked out.

100 DA1 Variable Frequency Drives 08/18 MN04020005Z-EN www.eaton.com

3 Installation
3.6 Electrical Installation

3.6.1.2 Connection for frame sizes FS4 to FS7 with IP55

On enclosures with IP55 protection (frame sizes FS4 to FS7), the connection
area will be located behind the lower enclosure cover.
Sizes FS4 and FS5

COM 1 2 3
4 5 6 7 8
9 10 11 12 13
14 15 16 17 18

L1 L2 L3 +DC BR -DC U V W

1
5.8 x 1 mm
2 Nm (17.7 lb-in)

Figure 62: Removing the cover

Release the latches by turning them counterclockwise (90 degrees) so that

they are in a vertical position [1] and lift the cover off forwards [2].
Sizes FS6 and FS7

1
PZ 2
2 Nm (17.7 lb-in)

Figure 63: Removing the cover

Unscrew the two screws at the bottom [1], lift the cover from the bottom [2],
and then remove it forwards

DA1 Variable Frequency Drives 08/18 MN04020005Z-EN www.eaton.com 101

3 Installation
3.6 Electrical Installation

￫ The upper edge of this cover is inserted into the upper

enclosure cover from below.

The connection cables need to be brought in from below. To do this on these

frame sizes (FS4 to FS7), the cover at the bottom (above the device fan)
needs to be removed.

1
2

PZ 2
1 Nm
(8.85 lb-in)

Figure 64: Remove the blanking plate

Unscrew the screws (six pcs. / eight pcs.) [1] and remove the blanking plate
[2].

Table 8: Connection terminals (FS4, FS5)

Description
Connection with three-phase optional: internal or Connection for three-phase motors
supply voltage: external braking resistor (motor voltage = supply voltage)
• DA1-32… (200 - 240 V) (RB)
• DA1-34… (380 - 480 V)
• DA1-35… (500 - 600 V)

L1 L2 L3 +DC BR -DC U V W

L1 L2 L3 PE

PES

RB M
3~

Figure 65: Connection terminals for sizes FS4 and FS5

102 DA1 Variable Frequency Drives 08/18 MN04020005Z-EN www.eaton.com

3 Installation
3.6 Electrical Installation

￫ PE earthing connection with ring cable lugs on the right side.

￫ Terminals +DC and -DC have the same function as terminals

DC+ and DC-.

Table 9: Terminal bolt (FS6, FS7)

Description
Connection with three-phase optional: External braking Connection for three-phase motors
supply voltage: resistor (RB) (motor voltage = supply voltage)
• DA1-32… (200 - 240 V)
• DA1-34… (380 - 480 V)
• DA1-35… (500 - 600 V)

L1 L2 L3 + BR - U V W
+ BR

PE L1 L2 L3
PES

RB M
3~

Figure 66: Connection terminal bolts for sizes FS6 and FS7

The PE earthing connection is made with ring cable lugs and the bolts on the
left and right sides of the enclosure.
The terminal bolts for an external brake resistor are located under the cover
marked with + and BR.

￫ Stud terminal + has the same function as terminal DC+.

￫ If the device is installed in a control panel, the lower blanking

plate and the front enclosure cover must not be installed.
Without the cover, the DA1 variable frequency drive will have
IP40 protection.

DA1 Variable Frequency Drives 08/18 MN04020005Z-EN www.eaton.com 103

3 Installation
3.6 Electrical Installation

3.6.1.3 Terminal bolts on frame size FS8 (IP20)

On FS8 DA1 variable frequency drives, the connection area inside the power
section will be covered by a blanking plate at the bottom of the enclosure. In
order to open it, you will need to unscrew six screws [1].

PZ 2

Figure 67: Remove the blanking plate

Table 10: Terminal bolts (FS8)

Description
Connection with three-phase optional: External braking Connection for three-phase motors
supply voltage: resistor (RB) (motor voltage = supply voltage)
• DA1-34… (380 - 480 V)

L1 L2 L3 + BR U V W

PE L1 L2 L3
PES

RB M
3~

Figure 68: Terminal bolts on frame size FS8

The PE earthing connection is made with ring cable lugs and the bolts on the
right side.

￫ Stud terminal + has the same function as terminal DC+.

104 DA1 Variable Frequency Drives 08/18 MN04020005Z-EN www.eaton.com

3 Installation
3.6 Electrical Installation

3.6.1.4 Connection terminals on frame sizes FS2 and FS3 with IP66
On FS2 and FS3 frame sizes with IP66
protection, the connection area is located
1
behind the lower enclosure cover.
90° To open the cover, release the two
latches by turning them counterclockwise
(90 degrees) so that they are in a vertical
position [1].
2 Once the latches are released, you can lift
the cover off forwards [2].

Figure 69: Remove enclosure cover (IP66)

Table 11: Connection terminals (FS2, FS3)

Connection terminals Description

Connection with single-phase supply voltage

 L1/L L2/N L3 • DA1-12… (200 - 240 V)

PE L N

Connection with three-phase supply voltage:

 L1/L L2/N L3 • DA1-32… (200 -240 V)
• DA1-34… (380 - 480 V)
• DA1-35… (500 - 600 V)

PE L1 L2 L3

Motor connection for three-phase motors:

 U V W + BR (motor voltage = supply voltage)

optional: External braking resistor (RB)

PES

RB
M
3~

￫ Terminal + has the same function as terminal DC+.

DA1 Variable Frequency Drives 08/18 MN04020005Z-EN www.eaton.com 105

3 Installation
3.6 Electrical Installation

3.6.1.5 Stripping lengths and tightening torques

PE PE PE
A1 A1 A1

Mains Motor DC-Link, Brake Resistor

Figure 70: Connection cables

Mains = Electrical supply system (mains voltage),

Motor = Motor connection,
DC-Link = internal DC link,
Brake Resistor = Braking resistor

Table 12: Stripping lengths in the power section

Frame size A1 Tightening torque
(protection)
mm (in) Nm (lb-in)
FS2 (IP20) 8 (0.3) 1 (8.85)
FS3 (IP20) 8 (0.3) 1 (8.85)
FS2 (IP66) 10 (0.39) 1.5 (15)
FS3 (IP66) 10 (0.39) 1.5 (15)
FS4 (IP20) 15, space unit = ring cable lug, ⌀ M6 2 (18)
FS4 (IP55) 15, space unit = ring-cable lug 4 (35.4)
FS5 (IP20) 15, space unit = ring-cable lug, ⌀ M8 4 (35.4)
FS5 (IP55) 15, space unit = ring-cable lug 15 (98.2)
FS6 Ring-cable lug 20 (177)
FS7 Ring-cable lug 20 (177)
FS8 Ring-cable lug 57 (504.5)

106 DA1 Variable Frequency Drives 08/18 MN04020005Z-EN www.eaton.com

3 Installation
3.6 Electrical Installation

3.6.1.6 Connecting the motor cable

The screened cables between the variable frequency drive and the motor
should be as short as possible.

COM

Figure 71: Connection on motor side

▶ Connect the screening, on both sides and across a large area

(360° overlap), to the protective earth (PE) .
The power screening's protective earth (PES) connection should be in
the immediate proximity of the variable frequency drive and directly on
the motor terminal box.
▶ Prevent the screen earth kit from unbraiding, i.e. by pushing the
separate plastic covering over the end of the screen or by inserting a
rubber grommet on the end of the screen. Connect the screen braid
onto the end across a large area (PES).
Alternatively, you can twist the screen braid and connect it to the
protective earth using a cable lug. In order to prevent EMC interference,
this twisted screen connection should be as short as possible
(recommended value for the twisted cable screen: b ≧ 1/5 a).

15 mm
(0.59’’)

PES

a b

PES
Figure 72: Screened connection cable in motor circuit

DA1 Variable Frequency Drives 08/18 MN04020005Z-EN www.eaton.com 107

3 Installation
3.6 Electrical Installation

Screened, four-wire cable is recommended for the motor cables. The green-
yellow line of this cable connects the protective ground connections from the
motor and the variable frequency drive and therefore minimizes the
equalizing current loads on the screen braid.
The following figure shows the construction of a four-wire, screened motor
line (recommended specifications).

b
a

c
e d

Figure 73: Four-core, screened motor supply cable

a Cu screen braid
b PVC outer casing
c Flexible wire (copper strands)
d PVC core insulation, 3 x black, 1 x green–yellow
e Textile braid and PVC fillers

If there are additional subassemblies in a motor feeder (such as motor

contactors, overload relays, motor chokes, sine wave filters or terminals), the
shielding of the motor cable can be interrupted close to these subassemblies
and connected to the mounting plate (PES) with a large area connection.
Free or non-shielded connection cables should not be any longer than about
300 mm.

108 DA1 Variable Frequency Drives 08/18 MN04020005Z-EN www.eaton.com

3 Installation
3.6 Electrical Installation

3.6.1.7 Cable glands on IP55 and IP66

In the case of applications requiring a variable frequency drive to be installed
inside buildings or systems but outside a control panel, cable glands can be
used with DA1 variable frequency drives with IP55 or IP66 protection in order
to establish an optimal connection.

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
13

14 15 16 17 18

14 15 16
17 18

L1N
L2N
⏚ L3
⏚ +
BR
+
U
V
W

① ② ③
Figure 74: Openings with cable glands (IP66)
a Mains connection (supply voltage)
b Control and signal cables
c Motor connection (screened cable with metal cable gland)

The lower metal section already comes with openings for the cable glands to
the power section.

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
13

14 15 16 17 18

14 15 16
17 18

L1N
L2N
⏚ L3
⏚ +
BR
+
U
V
W

Figure 75: Openings for cable glands with IP66 protection

DA1 Variable Frequency Drives 08/18 MN04020005Z-EN www.eaton.com 109

3 Installation
3.6 Electrical Installation

Table 13: Openings (FS2, FS3)

Frame size Control section Power section Metric gland for
hole size
FS2 2 x 21 mm 3 x 21 mm M20 with 21 mm
1 x 25.5 mm M25 with 25.5 mm
FS3 2 x 21 mm 1 x 21 mm M20 with 21 mm
1 x 25.5 mm 1 x 25.5 mm (open) M25 with 25.5 mm

￫ Make sure that the cable glands have at least IP66 protection.

The EMC cable gland must be earthed properly – e.g., with a metal lock nut
that is then connected to the PE-terminal.

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11

⏚ L1/N L2/N L3 ⏚ U V W

Figure 76: Grounding the EMC cable gland (IP66)

Figure 77: Set-up (example) of the EMC cable gland

110 DA1 Variable Frequency Drives 08/18 MN04020005Z-EN www.eaton.com

3 Installation
3.6 Electrical Installation

In devices with IP55 protection (frame sizes FS4 to FS7), the blanking plates
(￫ figure 78) have three locating points for individual diameters for cable
ducts. In order to have an installation that meets EMC requirements, the
metal stud on this blanking plate must be connected to the enclosure’s
PE/earthing connection.

Figure 78: Blanking plate (FS6, FS7) with locating points and earthing stud

￫ On frame sizes FS4 and FS5, the equipment supplied includes a

second blanking plate with three openings in addition to the
solid blanking plate that comes already installed.

l
D43 D42 D41

⌀


Figure 79: Blanking plate with openings and earthing stud (FS4, FS5)

Table 14: Openings (FS4, FS5)

Frame size D41 D42 D43 l ⌀
mm (in) mm (in) mm (in) mm (in)
FS4 40.5 (1.59) 25.5 (1) 40.5 (1.59) 10 (0.35) M4
M40 M25 M40
FS5 50.5 (1.99) 25.5 (1) 50.5 (1.99) 18 (0.71) M6
M50 M25 M50

DA1 Variable Frequency Drives 08/18 MN04020005Z-EN www.eaton.com 111

3 Installation
3.6 Electrical Installation

3.6.2 Connection to control section

The connection to the control section is made using the plug-in connection
terminals:
• Terminals 1, 5, 7, 9: for the internal power supply,
• Terminals 2, 3, 4, 6, 10: for digital and analog input signals,
• Terminals 8, 11: for a digital or analog output signal,
• Terminals 14, 15, 16, 17, 18: for dry relay outputs,
• Terminals 12, 13: for the STO inputs.
The 13- and 5-pole control signal terminals can be plugged in.
In IP20 protection (FS2, FS3, FS8), the control signal terminals are mounted
on the front; in IP55 (FS4, …, FS7) and IP66 protection, they are mounted
under the enclosure cover.

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18

1 2 3 4
AI1

AO1

AO2
DI1

5
DI2
DI3
+10 V

0V
DI5

STO+
STO-

K11
K14
K12
K23
K24
+24 V

6 7 8 9 10 11 12
13

14 15 16
17 18

Figure 80: Plug-in control signal terminal designations

ESD measures
Discharge yourself on a grounded surface before touching the
control terminals and the circuit board to prevent damage
through electrostatic discharge.

3.6.2.1 Terminal capacities

The connection terminals’ layout depends on the frame size of the power
section. The cross-sections to be used in the connections and the tightening
torques for screws are listed in the following.

Table 15: Control signal terminal dimensions

PH2

1 Nm
(8.85 lb-in)

Frame size mm2 AWG mm in Nm mm

FS2, …, FS8 0.2 - 2.5 24 - 12 8 0.31 0.5 0.6 x 3.5

112 DA1 Variable Frequency Drives 08/18 MN04020005Z-EN www.eaton.com

3 Installation
3.6 Electrical Installation

3.6.2.2 Connection data and functions

The functions that are set ex-factory and the electrical connection data of the
control signal terminals are listed in the following table.

Table 16: Factory-set functions of the control terminals

Terminal Signal Description Default settings

1 +24 V Control voltage for DI1 - DI5, Maximum load 100 mA, (= Input for external control voltage,
output (+24 V) Reference potential 0 V +24 V DC, reference potential at terminal 7
or terminal 9)
2 DI1 Digital Input 1 8 - +30 V (High, Ri > 6 kΩ) FWD (clockwise rotating field enable)
3 DI2 Digital Input 2 8 - +30 V (High, Ri > 6 kΩ) REV (anticlockwise rotating field enable)
4 DI3 Digital Input 3 8 - +30 V (High, Ri > 6 kΩ) Select AI1 REF/f-Fix
(Switch-over of the setpoint source from
Analog input 1 to fixed frequency)
5 +10 V Reference voltage, maximum load 10 mA –
Output (+10 V) Reference potential 0 V
6 AI1 Analog Input 1 • Analog: 0 - +10 V (Ri > 72 kΩ) Select f-Fix Bit0
DI4 Digital Input 4 0/4 - 20 mA (RB = 500 Ω) (Selection of the frequency setpoint values
switchable using parameter P2-30 of Bit0: f-Fix1 = 5 Hz (P2-01))
• digital: 8 - 30 V (High)
7 0V Reference potential 0 V = connection terminal 9 –
8 AO1 Analog output 1 • Analog: 0 - +10 V Output frequency f-Out
DO1 Digital output 1 maximum 20 mA (P2-11 = 8, ADO1 function & mode)
switchable via parameter P2-11
• digital: 0 - +24 V
9 0V Reference potential 0 V = connection terminal 7 –
10 DI5 Digital Input 5 • digital: 8 - 30 V (High) Select f-Fix Bit0
AI2 Analog Input 2 • Analog: 0 - +10 V (Ri > 72 kΩ)
0/4 - 20 mA (RB = 500 Ω)
switchable using parameter P2-33
11 AO2 Analog output 2 • Analog: 0 - +10 V Output current A-Out
DO2 Digital output 2 maximum 20 mA (P2-13 = 9, ADO2 function & mode)
switchable via parameter P2-13
• digital: 0 - +24 V
12 STO+ Safe Torque Off + Enable = +24 V ￫ section 2.10, “STO function”, page 68
13 STO- Safe Torque Off - Enable = 0 V
14 K11 Relay 1, changeover contact Maximum switching load: (common connection for N/C and N/O)
250 V AC/6 A or 30 V DC/5 A
15 K14 Relay 1, N/O (changeover Maximum switching load: Closed = No error message
contact) 250 V AC/6 A or 30 V DC/5 A
16 K12 Relay 1, N/C (changeover Closed = No 24 V control voltage or error
contact) message (Error)
17 K23 Relay 2, N/O Maximum switching load: Closed = RUN operating signal
250 V AC/6 A or 30 V DC/5 A
18 K24 Relay 2, N/O
1) Configurable function: Manual MN04020006Z-EN describes the functions and modes for the configurable control signal terminals.

DA1 Variable Frequency Drives 08/18 MN04020005Z-EN www.eaton.com 113

3 Installation
3.6 Electrical Installation

3.6.2.3 STO terminals

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13

Figure 81: STO control signal terminals (direct enable)

￫ Control signal terminal 12 (STO+) must always be connected to

+24 V and control signal terminal 13 (STO-) must always be
connected to 0 V (reference point for +24 V)!

Without the connection of a power supply (24 V DC) to control signal

terminals 12 and 13, the control section and the inverter will remain blocked.
An Inhibt (Inhibit = block) message is displayed.

3.6.2.4 Connection example

The control cables should be screened and twisted. The screen is applied on
one side in the proximity of the variable frequency drive (PES).

+24 V DI1 DI2 +10 V AI1 0 V STO+ STO- STO+ STO-

1 2 3 5 6 7 12 13 12 13
1 2
OFF
≦ 25 m (≦ 82 ft)

15 mm
(0.59”)

PES
3
PE Cu 2.5 mm2

M4 STOP Motor Stop

PES
ZB4-102-KS1
4K7
M M
FWD REV R1

Figure 82: Simple connection example

￫ Prevent the shielding from unbraiding, i.e. by pushing the

separate plastic covering over the end of the screen or by
pushing a rubber grommet on the end of the screen.

114 DA1 Variable Frequency Drives 08/18 MN04020005Z-EN www.eaton.com

3 Installation
3.6 Electrical Installation

PES

15 mm
(0.59’’)

Figure 83: Preventing the screen from becoming unbraided

Alternatively, in addition to the broad area cable clip, you can also twist the
screen braid at the end and connect it to the protective ground with a cable
lug. To prevent EMC disturbance, this twisted screen connection should be
made as short as possible.
Prevent the screen from becoming unbraided at the other end of the control
cable, e.g. by using a rubber grommet. The screen braid must not make any
connection with the protective ground here because this would cause
problems with an interference loop.

DA1 Variable Frequency Drives 08/18 MN04020005Z-EN www.eaton.com 115

3 Installation
3.6 Electrical Installation

3.6.2.5 Digital input signals

Control signal terminals 2, 3, 4, 6 and 10 all have the same function and
mode of operation as digital inputs (DI1 to DI5).
A logic level of +24 V (positive logic) is used:
• 8 - +30 V = High (logic “1”)
• 0 - +4 V = Low (logic “0”)
• Typical input current: ~ 4 mA
• Signal common 0 V (control signal terminal 7 or 9)

The internal control voltage from control signal terminal 1 (+24 V) or an

external voltage source (+24 V) can be used for this.
By default (with the unit as supplied), the control signal terminals for the
digital input signals will be assigned as follows:
• Control signal terminal 2 as digital input 1 (DI1) = FWD
(clockwise rotating field enable signal)
• Control signal terminal 3 as digital input 2 (DI2) = REV
(counterclockwise rotating field enable signal)
• Control signal terminal 4 as digital input 3 (DI3) = Switch-over from
f-setpoint to fixed frequency (f-Fix1, f-Fix2),
• Control signal terminal 6 as analog input 1 (AI1) = analog setpoint value
f-setpoint,
• Control signal terminal 10 as digital input 5 (DI5), switchable between
f-Fix1 and f-Fix2.

￫ The setting (digital/analog) for terminals 6 and 10 will be

configured automatically based on the function selection with
parameter P1-13.
0...+10 V/20 mA

0...+10 V/20 mA

0...+10 V/20 mA
AI1 REF/f-Fix

f-Fix Bit 0

AI1 REF
Select

Select

A-Out
+24 V

f-Out
FWD

REV

1 2 3 4 10 6 7 8 9 11
DI1

AO1
(DO1)

AO2
(DO2)
DI2

DI3

DI5
(AI2)

AI1
(DI4)

0V
+24 V Out
< 100 mA

CPU

Figure 84: Control signal terminals (digital / analog)

116 DA1 Variable Frequency Drives 08/18 MN04020005Z-EN www.eaton.com

3 Installation
3.6 Electrical Installation

3.6.2.6 Analog input signals

Depending on how parameters P1-12 and P1-13 are set, control signal
terminals 6 (AI1) and 10 (AI2) can be connected to analog signals
(￫ figure 84):
• 0 - +10 V
• 0 - 10 V with scaling and operating direction change
• 0 - 20 mA
• 4 - 20 mA or 20 - 4 mA with cable breakage monitoring (< 3 mA)

￫ Control signal terminals 7 and 9 are the common 0 V reference

potential for all analog and digital signals.

3.6.2.7 Analog output signal

Analog signals are available at control signal terminals 8 and 11
(￫ figure 84). These outputs can handle a maximum load of 20 mA.
The output signals can be selected using parameters P2-11 (AO1) and P2-13
(AO2). Parameters P2-12 (AO1) and P2-14 (AO2) are used to configure the
formats for the analog inputs:

Parameter Output
value signal
0 0 - 10 V
1 10 - 0 V
2 0 - 20 mA
3 20 - 0 mA
4 4 - 20 mA
5 20 - 4 m A
< 20 mA
AO
OV

9 8
f-Out
0...+10 V

Figure 85: Analog output (AO)

￫ Control signal terminals 7 and 9 are the common 0 V reference

potential for all analog and digital signals.

By default, the speed/frequency (AO1) and the output current (AO2) will be
displayed.

DA1 Variable Frequency Drives 08/18 MN04020005Z-EN www.eaton.com 117

3 Installation
3.6 Electrical Installation

3.6.2.8 Digital output (Transistor)

Control signal terminals 8 and 11 (￫ figure 84) are configured as analog
outputs (AO) by default. Parameters P2-11 and P2-13 can be used to
configure them as digital outputs (DO) instead.
The Transistor outputs DO1 (terminal 8) and DO2 (terminal 11) switch the
device-internal control voltage (+24 V) as a digital signal.
The maximum permitted load current is 20 mA.

+ 24 V
< 20 mA
DO

8 9

Figure 86: Connection example (coupling relay with free-wheeling diode:ETS4-VS3;

article no. 083094)

￫ Control signal terminals 7 and 9 are the common 0 V reference

potential for all analog and digital signals.

3.6.2.9 Relay output

DA1 variable frequency drives feature two relays with dry contacts.
Relay K1:
control signal terminals 14 (change-over), 15 (closer) and 16 (opener)
Default setting: 1 = Standby/error (Error)
Relay K2:
control signal terminals 17 and 18 (closer)
Default setting: 0 = Drive running (RUN)
The relay function can be configured using parameters P2-15 and P2-18.
The electrical connection specifications for control signal terminals or relay
contacts are:
• 250 V AC, maximum 6 A
• 30 V DC, maximum 5 A

118 DA1 Variable Frequency Drives 08/18 MN04020005Z-EN www.eaton.com

3 Installation
3.6 Electrical Installation

We recommend connecting any connected loads as follows:

K... Drive relay output

250 V ∼ ≦ 6 A, AC-1
30 V ⎓ ≦ 5 A, DC-1
I
K1 K2

(-)
K11

K14

K12

K23

K24

14 15 16 17 18 (+)
Varistor RC ﬁlter Diode
Error Run AC AC AC DC
DC

Figure 87: Connection examples with suppressor circuit

3.6.2.10 External control voltage

An external power supply unit can be used to supply the DA1 variable
frequency drive’s control section with 24 V DC.

DA1 External
control voltage
Terminal 1 +24 V
Terminal 7, 9 0V

￫ The external control voltage (+24 V) should be able to handle a

load of at least 100 mA.
The residual ripple of this external control voltage must be less
than ±5 % ΔUa /Ua.

If the control section is powered with an external power supply unit, the
control section, the control signal terminals, and the RJ45 interface will be
active.
You will be able to do the following:
• Change parameters (but not save them)
• Read readings and error registers
• Address and read parameters via the RJ45 interface, the drivesConnect
parameter configuration program, field buses, and SmartWire-DT
• Control level functions are controlled without the power section being
powered.
• A fieldbus communication is maintained, even if there is no power
supply.

DA1 Variable Frequency Drives 08/18 MN04020005Z-EN www.eaton.com 119

3 Installation
3.6 Electrical Installation

3.6.2.11 RJ 45 interface
The RJ45 interface of the DA1 allows a direct connection to communication
assemblies and fieldbus switch-ons.
The internal RS485 switch-on transfer Modbus RTU and CANopen and can
also communicate via OP-Bus with other PowerXL components.

 DC- L1/L L2/N

X1
PIN 8
(PIN 2)
1 8
PIN 7
(PIN 1)
RS485

1 2 3 4
5 6 7 8
9 10 11 12
13
COM

RJ45 14 15 16 17
18

 DC+ BR
U V W

Figure 88: RJ45 interface (example: location on FS2 frame size)

￫ DA1 variable frequency drives have no internal bus termination

resistor. – Use EASY-NT-R if necessary.

120 DA1 Variable Frequency Drives 08/18 MN04020005Z-EN www.eaton.com

3 Installation
3.6 Electrical Installation

3.6.2.12 IP66, control signal terminals (DA1-…-A6SC)

On DA1 variable frequency drives with IP66 protection and local controls
(DA1-…A6SC), the control signal terminals will be partially wired.

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
13

REV 0
FWD

PWR OFF

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13
ON

+24 V
DI1
DI2
DI3
+10 V
AI1
0V
AO1
0V
DI5
AO2
STO+
STO-
BK
WH
GY
RD
BU
YE

Figure 89: DA1-…-A6SC (factory connection)

When supplied, the control signal terminals will be connected as follows:

Table 17: Configuration of the control signal terminals

Terminal Color Function
1 RD (red) +24 V to FWD/REV selector switch
2 BU (blue) From selector switch = FWD
3 YE (yellow) From selector switch = REV
5 GY (gray) +10 V to potentiometer
6 WH (white) From potentiometer = f-Set
7 BK (black) From potentiometer = 0 V

￫ For the enable signal for operation, you will also need to install
an insulated wire jumper from terminal 1 to terminal 12 (STO+)
and a link from terminal 13 (STO-) to terminal 9 or 7
(￫ figure 80, page 112).

DA1 Variable Frequency Drives 08/18 MN04020005Z-EN www.eaton.com 121

3 Installation
3.7 Block diagrams

3.7 Block diagrams

The following block diagrams show all the connection terminals on a DA1
variable frequency drive and their functions when in their default settings.

￫ An external 24 V power supply can be connected to control

signal terminals 1 (+24 V) and 7 or 9 (0 V).

122 DA1 Variable Frequency Drives 08/18 MN04020005Z-EN www.eaton.com

3 Installation
3.7 Block diagrams

3.7.1 DA1-…-A20C
Type Mains Motor
Voltage ULN Frequency fLN Voltage U2 Frequency f2
DA1-12-…-A20C 1~ 200 V (-10%) - 240 V (+10%) 50/60 Hz 3~ 230 V 0 - 500 Hz
DA1-32-…-A20C 3~ 200 V (-10%) - 240 V (+10%) 50/60 Hz 3~ 230 V 0 - 500 Hz
DA1-34-…-A20C 3~ 380 V (-10%) - 480 V (+10%) 50/60 Hz 3~ 400 V/ 460 V 0 - 500 Hz
DA1-35-…-A20C 3~ 500 V (-10%) - 600 V (+10%) 50/60 Hz 3~ 500 V/ 575 V 0 - 500 Hz

1~ ①

0…+10 V
FF1/FF2
3~ PE

f-Soll
FWD
24 V

10 V
REV

FF2

0V
L1/L L2/N L3  12 13 1 2 3 4 10 5 6 7
STO-

DI2
+24 V Out
< 100 mA

DI1

DI3

DI5
(AI2)

+10 V Out
< 10 mA

AI1
(DI4)

0V
STO+

EMC
②
DC- VAR +
-
DC+

BR STO CPU

0…10 V, 0/4… 20 mA
6 A, 250 V AC

6 A, 250 V AC
5 A, 30 V DC

5 A, 30 V DC

RS485
Modbus RTU
(DO1)
(DO2)

AO1
AO2
< 10 mA

CANopen
K11

K14

K12

K23

K24

0V
+24 V

OP-Bus
U V W  14 15 16 17 18 11 8 9
RB
RUN

f-Out
Error

A-Out

PES

M 
3~

Figure 90: DA1- A20C block diagram in frame sizes FS2 and FS3

① Relay: Safe Torque Off (STO), SIL 2 (EN 61800-5-2)

② The RFI filter is not contained in the DA1-35-…-B6XC device.

￫ The STO connection must be made by the user.

￫ The VAR screw cannot be disabled with devices in sizes FS4

and FS5.

DA1 Variable Frequency Drives 08/18 MN04020005Z-EN www.eaton.com 123

3 Installation
3.7 Block diagrams

3.7.2 DA1-…-B55C
Type Mains Motor
Voltage ULN Frequency fLN Voltage U2 Frequency f2
DA1-32-…-B55C 3~ 200 V (-10%) - 240 V (+10%) 50/60 Hz 3~ 230 V 0 - 500 Hz
DA1-34-…-B55C 3~ 380 V (-10%) - 480 V (+10%) 50/60 Hz 3~ 400 V/ 460 V 0 - 500 Hz
DA1-35-…-B55C 3~ 500 V (-10%) - 600 V (+10%) 50/60 Hz 3~ 500 V/ 575 V 0 - 500 Hz

0…+10 V
FF1/FF2
3~ PE

f-Soll
FWD
24 V

10 V
REV

FF2

0V
L1 L2 L3  12 13 1 2 3 4 10 5 6 7
STO-

DI2
+24 V Out
< 100 mA

DI1

DI3

DI5
(AI2)

+10 V Out
< 10 mA

AI1
(DI4)

0V
STO+

+
-
DC-
③
DC+ STO CPU

X1
BR

0…10 V, 0/4… 20 mA
6 A, 250 V AC

6 A, 250 V AC
5 A, 30 V DC

5 A, 30 V DC

RS485
Modbus RTU
(DO1)
(DO2)

AO1
AO2
< 10 mA

CANopen
K11

K14

K12

K23

K24

0V
+24 V

OP-Bus
U V W  14 15 16 17 18 11 8 9
RB
RUN

f-Out
Error

A-Out

PES

M 
3~

Figure 91: DA1-…-B55C block diagram

① Direct enable of the STO function or relay: Safe Torque Off (STO),
SIL 2 (EN 61800-5-2)
② The RFI filter is not contained in the DA1-35-…-B6XC device.
③ A DC link choke is contained in sizes FS5, FS6, FS7.

￫ The STO connection must be made by the user.

￫ The VAR screw cannot be disabled with devices in sizes FS4,

FS5, FS6 and FS7.

124 DA1 Variable Frequency Drives 08/18 MN04020005Z-EN www.eaton.com

3 Installation
3.7 Block diagrams

3.7.3 DA1-34370…, DA1-34450…

Type Mains Motor
Voltage ULN Frequency fLN Voltage U2 Frequency f2
DA1-34… 3~ 380 V (-10%) - 480 V (+10%) 50/60 Hz 3~ 400 V/ 460 V 0 - 500 Hz

①
3~

0…+10 V
②

FF1/FF2
R1 PE

f-Soll
FWD
24 V

10 V
uK > 1 %

REV

FF2

0V
L1 L2 L3  12 STO-13 1 2 3 4 10 5 6 7

DI2
+24 V Out
< 100 mA

DI1

DI3

DI5
(AI2)

+10 V Out
< 10 mA

AI1
(DI4)

0V
STO+

③
M
3~

+
-

STO CPU
+

X1
BR

0…10 V, 0/4… 20 mA
6 A, 250 V AC

6 A, 250 V AC
5 A, 30 V DC

5 A, 30 V DC

RS485
Modbus RTU

(DO1)
(DO2)

AO1
AO2
< 10 mA
K11

K14

K12

K23

K24

CANopen

0V
+24 V

OP-Bus
U V W  14 15 16 17 18 11 8 9
RB
RUN

f-Out
Error

A-Out

0V
PES

3 AC 400/460 V
M 
3~

Figure 92: DA1-34… block diagram in size FS8

① Relay: Safe Torque Off (STO), SIL 2 (EN 61800-5-2)
② If there is no guarantee that the system percentage impedance is
greater than or equal to 1 %, a mains choke must be connected.
Your uK value should fall between 1 % and 4%.
③ Check phase sequence L1–L2–L3 (rotary field direction).
With an incorrect phase sequence, the error message FAn-F is
displayed.

￫ The STO connection must be made by the user.

￫ The VAR screw cannot be disabled with devices in sizes FS8.

DA1 Variable Frequency Drives 08/18 MN04020005Z-EN www.eaton.com 125

3 Installation
3.7 Block diagrams

3.7.4 DA1-…-B6SC
Type Mains Motor
Voltage ULN Frequency fLN Voltage U2 Frequency f2
DA1-12-…-B6SC 1~ 200 V (-10%) - 240 V (+10%) 50/60 Hz 3~ 230 V 0 - 500 Hz
DA1-32-…-B6SC 3~ 200 V (-10%) - 240 V (+10%) 50/60 Hz 3~ 230 V 0 - 500 Hz
DA1-34-…-B6SC 3~ 380 V (-10%) - 480 V (+10%) 50/60 Hz 3~ 400 V/ 460 V 0 - 500 Hz
DA1-35-…-B6SC 3~ 500 V (-10%) - 600 V (+10%) 50/60 Hz 3~ 500 V/ 575 V 0 - 500 Hz
1~

REV
3~ PE OFF
FWD
L1/L L2/N L3 

PWR
①

0…+10 V
f-Soll
FWD
24 V

10 V
REV

0V
12 13 1 2 3 4 10 5 6 7
STO-

DI2
+24 V Out
< 100 mA

DI1

DI3

DI5
(AI2)

+10 V Out
< 10 mA

AI1
(DI4)

0V
STO+

EMC
②
VAR
DC-

DC+

BR STO CPU

X1
0…10 V, 0/4… 20 mA
6 A, 250 V AC

6 A, 250 V AC
5 A, 30 V DC

5 A, 30 V DC

RS485
Modbus RTU
(DO1)
(DO2)

AO1
AO2
< 10 mA

CANopen
K11

K14

K12

K23

K24

0V
+24 V

OP-Bus
U V W  14 15 16 17 18 11 8 9
RUN
Error

PES

M 
3~

Figure 93: DA1-…-B6SC block diagram

① Direct enable of the STO function or relay: Safe Torque Off (STO),
SIL 2 (EN 61800-5-2) as in ￫ figure 91, page 124
② The RFI filter is not contained in the DA1-35-…-B6XC device.

￫ The STO connection must be made by the user.

126 DA1 Variable Frequency Drives 08/18 MN04020005Z-EN www.eaton.com

3 Installation
3.8 Insulation testing

3.8 Insulation testing

The variable frequency drive of the DA1 series are tested, delivered and
require no additional testing.

CAUTION

 No leakage resistance tests are to be performed with an

insulation tester on the control signal and the connection
terminals of the variable frequency drive.

CAUTION

 Wait at least 5 minutes after switching the supply voltage off

before you disconnect one of the connection terminals
(L1/L, L2/N, L3, DC-, DC+, BR) of the variable frequency drive.

If insulation testing is required in the power circuit of the PDS, you must
consider the following measures.
Testing the motor cable insulation
▶ Disconnect the motor cable from the connection terminals U, V and W of
the variable frequency drive and from the motor (U, V, W).
Measure the insulation resistance of the motor cable between the
individual phase conductors and between each phase conductor and the
protective conductor.
The insulation resistance must be greater than 1 MΩ.
Testing the mains cable insulation
▶ Disconnect the mains cable from the power supply network and from
connection terminals L1/L, L2/N and L3 of the variable frequency drive.
Measure the insulation resistance of the mains cable between the
individual phase conductors and between each phase conductor and the
protective conductor.
The insulation resistance must be greater than 1 MΩ.
Testing the motor insulation
▶ Separate the motor cable from the motor (U, V, W) and open the bridge
circuit (star or delta) in the motor terminal box.
Measure the insulation resistance of the individual motor windings.
The measurement voltage must at least match the rated operating
voltage of the motor but is not to exceed 1000 V.
The insulation resistance must be greater than 1 MΩ.

￫ Consider the notes from the motor manufacturer in testing the

insulation resistance.

DA1 Variable Frequency Drives 08/18 MN04020005Z-EN www.eaton.com 127

3 Installation
3.9 Protection against electric shock

3.9 Protection against electric shock

Ensuring protection against electric shock when using DA1 variable

frequency drives, as per IEC/EN 61800-5-1
Manufacturer’s declaration for the initial verification as per
IEC/HD 60364-6

Fault protection as per IEC/HD 60364-4-41 (DIN VDE 0100-410 (VDE 0100-410))
for the circuit on the output side of the aforementioned equipment is
ensured based on the following requirements:
• The installation instructions in this documentation have been observed.
• The applicable standards in the IEC/HD 60364 (DIN VDE 0100
(VDE 0100) series have been observed.
• The continuity of all associated protective conductors and equipotential
bonding conductors, including the corresponding connection points, has
been ensured.
Provided that the above requirements are met, the aforementioned
apparatus meets the requirements in IEC/HD 60364-4-41 (DIN VDE 0100-410
(VDE 0100-410):2007-06, section 411.3.2.5) when using the “automatic
power supply shutdown” protective measure.
The note is based on the following information:
In the event of a short-circuit with negligible impedance to a protective
conductor or to ground, the aforementioned equipment reduces the output
voltage within the times as per Table 41.1 or otherwise within 5 seconds –
whichever applies – in accordance with IEC/HD 60364-41
(DIN VDE 0100-410; VDE 0100-410):2007-06).

128 DA1 Variable Frequency Drives 08/18 MN04020005Z-EN www.eaton.com

4 Operation
4.1 Checklist for commissioning

4 Operation

4.1 Checklist for commissioning

Before placing the variable frequency drive into operation, use the checklist
below to make sure that all the following requirements are met:

No. Activity Note

1 Mounting and wiring have been carried out in accordance with the
corresponding instructional leaflet (￫ IL04020010Z, IL040049ZU,
IL04020012Z, IL04020011Z, IL04020015Z).

2 Potential wiring and line section leftovers, as well as all the tools used, have
been removed from the variable frequency drive's proximity.

3 All terminals in the power section and in the control section have been
tightened with the specified torque.

4 The lines connected to the output terminals of the variable frequency drive
(U/T1, V/T2, W/T3, DC+, DC-, BR) arenot short-circuited and not connected
to ground (PE).

5 The variable frequency drive has been grounded properly (PE).

6 All electrical connections in the power section (L1/L, L2/N, L3, U, V, W, DC+,
DC-, BR, PE) have been connected properly while taking into account the
protection level and have been dimensioned in line with the corresponding
requirements.

The device fan in frame size FS8 requires a connection with the correct
phase sequence (L1–L2–L3). – check the direction of the airflow.

7 Each individual phase of the supply voltage (L or L1, L2, L3) is protected with
a fuse.

8 The variable frequency drive and the motor are matched to the mains
voltage. (￫ section 1.4.1, “Rated operational data on the rating plate”,
page 15, connection type (star, delta) of the motor tested).

9 The quality and volume of cooling air are in line with the environmental
conditions required for the variable frequency drive and the motor.

10 All connected control cables comply with the corresponding stop conditions
(e.g., switch in OFF position and setpoint value = zero).

11 The parameters that were preset at the factory have been checked with the
list of parameters.

12 The effective direction of a coupled machine will allow the motor to start.

13 All emergency switching off functions and safety functions

(￫ section 2.10, “STO function”, page 68) are in an appropriate condition.

DA1 Variable Frequency Drives 08/18 MN04020005Z-EN www.eaton.com 129

4 Operation
4.2 Operational hazard warnings

4.2 Operational hazard warnings

start automatically (when the supply voltage is switched back
on) if the automatic restart function has been enabled
(￫ parameters P2-36).

130 DA1 Variable Frequency Drives 08/18 MN04020005Z-EN www.eaton.com

4 Operation
4.3 Commissioning with control signal terminals (default settings)

WARNING
Any contactors and switching devices on the mains side are not
to be opened during motor operation.
Push-to-run operation using the mains contactor is not
permitted.

Contactors and switchgear (repair and maintenance switches)

on the motor side must not be opened while the motor is in
operation.
Push-to-run operation of the motor with contactors and
switching devices in the output of the variable frequency drive is
not permissible.

WARNING
Make sure that there is no danger in starting the motor.
Disconnect the driven machine if there is danger resulting from
an incorrect operating state.

￫ If motors are to be operated with frequencies higher than the

standard 50 or 60 Hz, then these operating ranges must be
approved by the motor manufacturer. The motors could be
damaged otherwise.

4.3 Commissioning with control signal terminals (default settings)

The controls on DA1 variable frequency drives are pre-wired at the factory;
however, the STO inputs need to be wired. After the mains voltage and the
rated motor are connected, the DA1 variable frequency drive can be started
with the local controls (see following connection example).

￫ You can skip this section if you want to set up the parameters
directly for optimal operation of the variable frequency drive
based on the motor data (rating plate) and the application.

The following shows a simplified connecting example of a connection with

default settings.

DA1 Variable Frequency Drives 08/18 MN04020005Z-EN www.eaton.com 131

4 Operation
4.3 Commissioning with control signal terminals (default settings)

Connection example for three-phase motor

Connection example for three-phase motor Terminal Name

L1/L Single-phase mains Three-phase mains

L1 L2 L3 PE
connection connection(DA1-3…)
L2/N (DA1-12…)
L3 –
L N PE
+24 V

FWD
 Ground connection
REV
1 Control voltage +24 V (output, maximum 100 mA)
L1/L L2/N L3 1 2 3
STO+ 2 FWD, Start enable clockwise rotating field
12
3 REV, Start enable left rotating field
13
STO- U Connection for three-phase ac motor
U V W 5 6 7 (three-phase motor)
V
+10 V

f-Soll
0...+10 V
0V

W

5 Control voltage +10 V (output, maximum 10 mA)
M
3~  6 Frequency reference value f-Set (Input 0 – +10 V)
7 Reference potential (0 V)
12 Safe Torque Off +
13 Safe Torque Off -

▶ For simple commissioning with the preset default settings, connect the
variable frequency drive as shown in the connection example above.
The potentiometer should have a fixed resistance (connection to control
signal terminals 5 and 7) of at least 1 kΩ, up to a maximum of 10 kΩ.
A standard fixed resistance of 4.7 kΩ is recommended.
Make sure that the enable contacts (FWD/REV) are open and the STO is
connected correctly before switching on the mains voltage.

￫ If the connections for the setpoint value potentiometer cannot

be clearly allocated with terminals 5, 6 and 7, you should set the
potentiometer to about 50 % before giving the start enable
(FWD/REV) for the first time.

When the specified supply voltage is applied at the mains connection

terminals (L1/L, L2/N, L3), the switched-mode power supply unit (SMPS) in
the DC link will be used to generate the control voltage and light up the
7-segment LED display (STOP).
At this point, the variable frequency drive will be ready for operation (correct
operating status) and in Stop mode.

132 DA1 Variable Frequency Drives 08/18 MN04020005Z-EN www.eaton.com

4 Operation
4.3 Commissioning with control signal terminals (default settings)

The start enable is done by actuating one of the digital inputs with +24 V:
• Terminal 2: FWD = Clockwise rotating field (Forward Run)
• Terminal 3: REV = Counterclockwise rotating field (Reverse Run)
The FWD and REV control commands are interlocked (exclusive OR) and
require a rising voltage edge.
The frequency is shown with a minus sign with a start release for a left
rotating field (REV).
▶ You can now set the output frequency (0 - 50 Hz) and, as a result, the
speed of the connected three-phase motor (0 - nmotor), by using the
potentiometer via terminal 6 (0 - +10 V proportional voltage signal). The
output frequency will then be changed after a delay according to the
specified acceleration and deceleration times. In the default settings,
these times are set to 5 seconds each, from frame size FS4, they are set
to 10 seconds each.
The acceleration and deceleration ramps specify the time change for the
output frequency: from 0 to fmax (default setting = 50 Hz) or from fmax back
to 0.
If the release signal (FWD, REV) is switched off during operation, the inverter
is blocked immediately (STOP) and the output frequency is set to 0.
The motor runs down unguided (see ① in figure 94).
The acceleration time is set in parameter P1-03.

FWD
REV

+24 V

t
RUN STOP
f
P1-07 = 50 Hz
fmax ~ nmax

0
t

P1-03

Figure 94: Start-Stop command with maximum reference voltage

DA1 Variable Frequency Drives 08/18 MN04020005Z-EN www.eaton.com 133

4 Operation
4.4 Using the operating unit

4.4 Using the operating unit

The operating unit can be used to configure the DA1 variable frequency
drive’s parameters and monitor its operation.

￫ The configuration of the individual parameters is described in

the manual MN04020006Z, ”DA1 Variable Frequency Drive DA1
– Parameter Manual”.

4.4.1 Operating unit elements

The following figure shows the elements of the DA1 variable frequency drive
integrated operating unit.

Display (7-segment LEDs)

Pushbuttons

Figure 95: Operating unit view (example DA1-…-A20C)

￫ The integrated operating unit on DA1-…-A20C devices and the

(optional) external DX-KEY-LED2 keypad feature a six-digit
7-segment LED display.
Meanwhile, DA1-…-B20C, DA1-…-B55C devices and the
(optional) external DX-KEY-OLED operating unit feature a multi-
language clear text display (OLED = organic light-emitting diode
display). The function keys work in the exact same way.
With the external DX-KEY-OLED operating unit, two additional
keys (Hand, Auto) are available. By default, these buttons do
not do anything, and can be configured (freely) only in the PLC
editor.

￫ On OLED displays, languages can be selected by pressing

START + ▲ simultaneously.
Display: Select Language.
The display language can be changed with the ▲ and ▼ arrow
keys.
The selected language setting can then be saved by pressing
the OK button.

￫ The START, STOP, UP keys and DOWN must be activated in

parameter P1-12 (local process data source).

134 DA1 Variable Frequency Drives 08/18 MN04020005Z-EN www.eaton.com

4 Operation
4.4 Using the operating unit

Table 18: Keypad elements – Buttons

Button Command Explanation

OK • Navigating in parameter mode

• Opens and closes the parameter interface(press the button and hold
it down for more than two seconds)
• Saves parameter changes
• Changes the value being displayed: A, rpm, etc.
(real-time information)
START • Starts the variable frequency drive 1)
• Changes the operating direction2) if the motor is running

STOP • Stops the variable frequency drive 1)

• Reset – Resetting after an error message

UP • Increases the speed 1)

• Increment numeric value or parameter number

DOWN • Deceleration 1)
• Decrement numeric value or parameter number

Notes:
1) P1-12 = 1 (one operating direction) or P1-12= 2 (two operating directions);
The operating direction will be reversed when the START button is pressed
2) Only if P1-12 = 2

DA1 Variable Frequency Drives 08/18 MN04020005Z-EN www.eaton.com 135

4 Operation
4.4 Using the operating unit

4.4.2 Setting parameters

Table 19: Modify parameters
Commands Description

Press the OK button and hold it down for two seconds in order to access the parameter interface.
→ The display will show the parameter that was last used.

Use the ▲ and ▼ buttons to select a parameter.

Press the OK button.

The value of the selected parameter can be changed.

Use the ▲ and ▼ buttons to change the parameter's value.

Press the OK button to confirm the parameter value change.

As soon as the parameter is displayed, the value will have been saved.

Press the OK button and hold it down for two seconds in order to exit the parameter interface (display: Stop).
Switching between two parameter groups
The parameters are in sequential order. This means: Moving forward from the last parameter in a parameter
group will take you to the first parameter in the next parameter group and the other way around.

Note: To access the extended parameter groups, you will need to enter the corresponding password in
parameter P1-14 (default passwords: level 2 = 101, level 3 = 201).
Press the ▲ and STOP buttons to jump to the first parameter in the next parameter group.

Press the ▼ and STOP buttons to jump to the first parameter in the previous parameter group.

4.4.3 Resetting Parameters (RESET)

Table 20: Resetting parameters (RESET)
Commands Description

Reset to default settings

Press the ▲ and ▼ and STOP buttons and hold them down for two seconds.
+ + → All parameters will be restored to their default settings.
The display will showP-dEF.

Resetting after an error

Press the STOP button to reset after an error message.
The display will show StoP.

136 DA1 Variable Frequency Drives 08/18 MN04020005Z-EN www.eaton.com

5 Error messages
5.1 Introduction

5 Error messages

5.1 Introduction
The DA1 variable frequency drives have several internal monitoring
functions.
When a discrepancy from the proper operating conditions is detected, an
error message is displayed; the factory settings cause the relay contact to
open (control signal terminals 14 and 15).

5.1.1 Error messages

The most recent four error messages will be stored in the order in which
they occurred (with the most recent one in the first place). The error
messages can be read under monitor parameter P0-13.
The values are not deleted when there is a reset to factory settings !

5.1.2 Acknowledge error (Reset)

To acknowledge and reset the current error message, you can either switch
off the supply voltage or press the STOP pushbutton. Error messages can
also be reset with an additional positive edge at control signal terminal
2 (DI1) or 3 (DI2) (new start signal).
If parameter P2-36 is set from 2 (Auto-1) to 6 (Auto-5), the variable
frequency drive tries to restart automatically up to five times.

DA1 Variable Frequency Drives 08/18 MN04020005Z-EN www.eaton.com 137

5 Error messages
5.1 Introduction

5.1.3 Error list

The following table lists the failure codes, the possible causes and indicates
corrective measures.

Table 21: List of error messages

Message Error no. Possible cause and remedy

Stop – Ready to start. There is no drive enable signal present. There is no error
message present.
Inhibt – STO inputs (terminals 12 and/or 13) de-energized
• Safety relay switched off
• Voltage source overloaded
Consequence: The drive is disabled.
no-F(t 00 Shown for P0-13 if there are no messages in the error register.
OI-b 01 Excessively high braking current
• Check the brake resistor and its wiring for short-circuits and ground faults.
• Make sure that the braking resistor value is not lower than the minimum
permissible braking resistor value.
OL-br 02 Thermal overload on brake resistor
The drive has been switched off in order to prevent the brake resistor from
being thermally destroyed.
• Make the P1-04 and P2-25 ramp times longer in order to have less frequent
braking.
• Reduce the load's inertia, if possible.
O-I 03 Overcurrent at variable frequency drive output
Occurs right after switching on the unit:
• Check the cable connection between the inverter and the motor.
• Check the motor for shorted turns and ground faults.
Occurs when starting the motor:
• Check whether the motor can rotate freely and make sure that it is not
being blocked mechanically.
• Motor with mechanical brake: Check whether this has been triggered.
• Check the connection configuration (star/delta).
• Check to make sure that the motor data was entered correctly in P1-07,
P1-08, and P1-09.
• In vector mode (P4-01 = 0 or 1): Check whether the value cos ϕ (P4-05) has
been entered correctly and a motor identification run has been successfully
performed.
• Increase the acceleration ramp time (t-acc, P1-03) if necessary.
• With speed control (P4-01 = 2): Reduce the voltage boost with P1-11.
Occurs during operation at a constant speed:
• Check whether the motor is overloaded.
Occurs during acceleration/deceleration:
• The ramp times are too short and require too much power.
If P-03 / P-04 cannot be increased, a larger device may be required.

138 DA1 Variable Frequency Drives 08/18 MN04020005Z-EN www.eaton.com

5 Error messages
5.1 Introduction

Message Error no. Possible cause and remedy

I.t-trP 04 Motor overload. The thermal protection mechanism has tripped as a result of
the device being run above the rated motor current set with P1-08 longer than
a specific time.
• Check to make sure that the motor data was entered correctly in P1-07,
P1-08, and P1-09.
• In vector mode (P4-01 = 0 or 1): Check whether the value cos ϕ (P4-05) has
been entered correctly and a motor identification run has been successfully
performed.
• Check the motor's connection configuration (e. g., start/delta).
• If the decimal points on the display flash during operation, this means that
the unit is being run in its overload range (> P1-08).
In this case, use P1-03 to make the acceleration ramp longer or reduce the
load.
• Make sure that the motor is not being mechanically blocked and that there
are no additional loads on the motor.
PS-trp 05 Overcurrent (Hardware)
• Check the wiring to the motor and the motor itself for short-circuits and
ground faults.
• Disconnect the motor cable from the variable frequency drive and switch
the variable frequency drive back on. If the error message still appears, the
device needs to be replaced. Before commissioning the new device, check
the system for short-circuits or ground faults that could have caused the
device to fail.
O.Volt 06 Overvoltage in DC link
The DC link voltage value can be viewed using parameter P0-20.
P0 contains an error register with the last values before the unit was switched
off -36 (scan time: 256 ms).
• Check to make sure that the supply voltage falls within the range for which
the variable frequency drive is sized.
• If the error occurs during deceleration or stopping: Extend delay ramp
(P1-04/P2-25) or use a brake resistor.
• In vector mode (P4-01 = 0 or = 1): Reduce the speed controller’s
amplification (P4-03).
• When using the PID controller: By reducing P3-11 (PID1 error ramp),
ensure that the ramps are active.
V.Volt 07 Undervoltage in DC link

Note:
Generally, this message will appear when the supply voltage is switched off
on the device and the DC link voltage has dropped.
In this case, there is no fault.

If the message appears during operation:

• Check whether the power supply voltage is too low.
• Check all components/devices in the variable frequency drive’s feeder
circuit (circuit-breaker, contactor, choke, etc.) to make sure they are
connected properly and have the correct contact resistance.

DA1 Variable Frequency Drives 08/18 MN04020005Z-EN www.eaton.com 139

5 Error messages
5.1 Introduction

Message Error no. Possible cause and remedy

O-t 08 Over-temperature at heat sink. The drive is too hot.

The heat sink temperature can be viewed by using P0-21. P0-38 contains an
error register with the last values before the unit was switched off (scan time:
30 s).
• Check to make sure that the variable frequency drive is being operated
within the ambient temperature range specified for it.
(IP20 devices: max. 50 °C; IP66 devices: max. 40 °C).
• Check to make sure that the device fan is running.
• Make sure that cooling air can circulate freely (clearances to neighboring
devices above and below the variable frequency drive).
• Improve the ventilation in the control cabinet if necessary: The ventilation
vent on the device must not be blocked, e.g., by dirt or due to devices being
installed too closely together.
• Reduce the switching frequency with P2-24.
• If possible reduce the load.
V-t 09 Under-temperature
The message will appear if the ambient temperature falls below -10 °C.
In order to be able to start the drive, the temperature must be higher than this.
P-dEf 10 The parameters’ default settings have been loaded.
• Press the STOP button: The drive can then be reconfigured:
E-trip 11 External fault (at digital input 5, terminal 10, if P1-13 = 6/7/16/17).
There must be a high-level signal at this input in order to be able to run the
variable frequency drive.
• If a thermistor is connected to terminal 10, check whether the motor is too
hot.
SC-ObS 12 Communication fault with an external operating unit or with a PC.
• Check connections.
F(t-dc 13 Excessively high ripple on DC link voltage
The DC link voltage ripple can be viewed using P0-16.
P0 contains an error register with the last values before the unit was switched
off -37 (scan time: 20 ms).
• Check to make sure that all the mains supply phases are present and that
their voltage balance falls within the permissible tolerance range (3 %).
• If possible reduce the load.
• If the fault persists, please contact your nearest Eaton sales branch.
P-LOss 14 Incoming power phase failure (only for devices with a three-phase power
supply)
h O-I 15 Overcurrent at output
• See Error no. 03.
th-f(t 16 Malfunctioning heat sink thermistor.
• Please contact your nearest Eaton sales branch.
dAtA-F 17 Error in internal memory. The parameters have not been saved and the default
settings have been loaded.
• Change the parameter values (again) and save them once more.
• If the message appears again, please contact your nearest Eaton sales
branch.
4-20 F 18 The analog input’s input current does not fall within the specified range.
• Check the setting in P2-30 for AI1 (terminal 6) and P2-33 for AI2
(terminal 10).
• In the case of 4-20mA: Check setpoint value connection for wire breakage.
dAtA-E 19 Error in internal memory. The parameters have not been saved and the default
settings have been loaded.
• Change the parameter values (again) and save them once more.
• If the message appears again, please contact your nearest Eaton sales
branch.

140 DA1 Variable Frequency Drives 08/18 MN04020005Z-EN www.eaton.com

5 Error messages
5.1 Introduction

Message Error no. Possible cause and remedy

V-dEf 20 The customer’s settings for the parameters have been imported.
• Press the STOP button.
F-Ptc 21 Motor PTC thermistor over-temperature
FAn-F 22 The device’s internal fan is experiencing a fault
For frame size FS8: Incorrect rotation direction of the device fan
• Check the supply voltage phase sequence (L1–L2–L3).
O-hEAt 23 The measured ambient temperature exceeds the specified value.
• Check the device’s internal fan.
• Make sure that the required clearance around the device is being
maintained and that cooling air can flow through the vents on the device
unimpeded.
• Reduce the switching frequency with P2-24.
• If possible: Reduce load.
O-torq 24 Maximum permissible torque exceeded.
• If possible: Reduce the load or increase acceleration time t-acc.
V-torq 25 Only active if brake control is enabled in hoisting gear mode (P2-18= 8).
The torque produced before the hoisting gear's mechanical brake is enabled
falls below the set threshold.
OVt-F 26 Device output fault
• Please contact your nearest Eaton sales branch.
Sto-F 29 Internal STO circuit fault
• Please contact your nearest Eaton sales branch.
Enc-01 30 No communication between the encoder module and the variable frequency
drive.
• Check to make sure that the module is correctly plugged in and secured.
Enc-02 31 The calculated motor speed is different from the measured motor speed.
SP-Err • Check the encoder connection, including the corresponding shielding.
• Increase the value of P6-07 if necessary.
Enc-03 32 The motor speed and the PPR value entered in P6-06 do not match. The PPR
value in P6-06 must be at least 60.
• Check the speed entered in P1-10.
Enc-04 33 Channel A fault:
Usually a bad connection.
• Check wiring.
Enc-05 34 Channel B fault
Usually a bad connection.
• Check wiring.
Enc-06 35 Error on channels A and B
Usually a bad connection.
• Check wiring.
AtF-01 40 Motor identification failed:
The measured stator resistance varies between the phases.
• Make sure that the motor is connected properly and working correctly.
• Check the motor windings to make sure they have the same resistance
values.
AtF-02 41 Motor identification failed:
The measured stator resistance is too large.
• Make sure that the motor is connected properly and working correctly.
• Check to make sure that the device's rated output matches the motor’s
rated output. The difference should not exceed one full output class.

DA1 Variable Frequency Drives 08/18 MN04020005Z-EN www.eaton.com 141

5 Error messages
5.1 Introduction

Message Error no. Possible cause and remedy

AtF-03 42 Motor identification failed:

The measured motor inductance is too low.
• Make sure that the motor is connected properly and working correctly.
AtF-04 43 Motor identification failed:
The measured motor inductance is too high.
• Make sure that the motor is connected properly and working correctly.
• Check to make sure that the device's rated output matches the motor's
rated output. The difference should not exceed one full output class.
AtF-05 44 Motor identification failed:
The measured motor parameters do not match.
• Make sure that the motor is connected properly and working correctly.
• Check to make sure that the device's rated output matches the motor's
rated output. The difference should not exceed one full output class.
OVt-Ph 49 A phase in the motor cable is not connected or is broken.
Sc-FO1 50 No valid Modbus frame was received within the time specified in P5-06.
• Check to make sure that the network master is working correctly.
• Check connecting cables.
• Increase the value of P5-06 to an acceptable value.
Sc-FO2 51 No valid CANopen frame was received within the time specified in P5-05.
• Check to make sure that the network master is working correctly.
• Check connecting cables.
• Increase the value of P5-05 to an acceptable value.
Sc-FO3 52 Communications between the device and the plugged-in field bus option have
dropped out.
• Check to make sure that the module is installed properly.
Sc-F04 53 Communications between the device and the plugged-in I/O expansion have
dropped out.
• Check to make sure that the module is installed properly.
OF-01 60 No internal connection to an optional card
OF-02 61 Optional module in undefined operating state
PLC-01 70 Non-supported function block from function block editor
PLC-02 71 Program from function block editor is too big
PLC-03 72 Division by zero
PLC-04 73 Lower limit is higher than upper limit
PLC-05 74 Overflow table Function block editor

142 DA1 Variable Frequency Drives 08/18 MN04020005Z-EN www.eaton.com

6 Specifications
6.1 General rating data

6 Specifications

6.1 General rating data

Specifications Symbol Unit Value

General
Standards EMC: EN 61800-3:2004+A1-2012
Radio frequency interference: EN 55011: 2010
Safety: EN 61800-5 : 2007
Protection type: EN 60529: 1992

Note:
DA1-35 … series devices are not covered by the
EU-EMC Directive declaration of conformity.
Certifications and manufacturer's declarations on conformity CE, UL, cUL, c-Tick, UkrSEPRO, Gost-R

Note:
At the time of writing frame size FS8 is not UL or cUL
Certification.
Production quality RoHS, ISO 9001
Climatic proofing ρw % < 95 %, mean relative humidity (RH),
non-condensing (EN 50178)
Ambient temperature range
Operation
IP20 (NEMA 0) ϑ °C -10 - +50 (frost-free and condensation-free)
IP55 (NEMA 3) ϑ °C -10 - +40, with derating of 1.5 % pro °C above 40 °C
on rated operational current Ie

Note:
Operation within a temperature range of 40 to 50 °C
does not conform to UL Certification.
IP66 (NEMA 4X) ϑ °C -10 - +40, with derating of 2.5 % pro °C above 40 °C
on rated operational current Ie

Note:
Operation within a temperature range of 40 to 50 °C
does not conform to UL Certification.
Storage ϑ °C -40 - +60
MTTFd Years 4525
MTBF Years 50

PFHD 1.23 - 09 1/h (0.12 % SIL)

Electrostatic discharge (ESD, EN 61000-4-2:2009 U kV ±4, contact discharge
±8, air discharge
Fast transient burst (EFT/B, EN 61000-4-4: 2004) U kV ±1, at 5 kHz, control signal terminal
±2, at 5 kHz, motor connection terminals,
Single-phase mains connection terminals
±4, at 5 kHz, three-phase mains connection terminals

DA1 Variable Frequency Drives 08/18 MN04020005Z-EN www.eaton.com 143

6 Specifications
6.1 General rating data

Specifications Symbol Unit Value

Overvoltage (surge, EN 61000-4-5: 2006)

110 - 115 V, 200 - 240 V U kV ±1, phase to phase/neutral conductor
±2, phase/neutral conductor to earth
380 - 480 V, 500 - 600 V U kV ±2, phase to phase
±4, phase to earth
Electric strength (flash, EN 61800-5-1: 2007)
110 - 115 V, 200 - 240 V U kV 1.5
380 - 480 V, 500 - 600 V U kV 2.5
Radio interference class (EMC)
Category and maximum screened motor cable length
with integrated radio interference suppression filter
C1 l m 1
C2 l m 5
C3 l m 25
Installation position Vertical
Installation altitude h m 0 - 1,000 above sea level,
> 1,000 with 1 % load current reduction every 100 m,
maximum 2,000 with UL approval,
maximum 4,000 without UL approval
Protection type IP20 (NEMA 0)
IP55 (NEMA 3)
IP66 (NEMA 4X)
Fan (built-in) Yes
Busbar tag shroud BGV A3 (VBG4, finger and back-of-hand proof)
Main circuit / power section
Power supply
Rated operating voltage
DA1-12… Ue V 1~ 230 (200 V -10 % - 240 V +10 %)
DA1-32… Ue V 3~ 230 (200 V -10 % - 240 V +10 %)
DA1-34… Ue V 3~ 400 (380 V -10 % - 480 V +10 %)
DA1-35… Ue V 3~ 575 (500 V - 10 % - 600 V +10 %)
Mains frequency f Hz 50/60 ±10 %
Phase imbalance % max. 3
Maximum short-circuit current (supply voltage) SCCR kA 100 (according to IEC 60439-1)
Mains switch-on frequency Maximum of once every 30 seconds
Mains network configuration (AC supply system) TN and TT network with directly earthed neutral point.
IT earthing systems with PCM insulation monitoring
relays only.
Operation on phase-earthed networks is only
permissible up to a maximum phase-earth voltage of
300 V AC.

144 DA1 Variable Frequency Drives 08/18 MN04020005Z-EN www.eaton.com

6 Specifications
6.1 General rating data

Specifications Symbol Unit Value

Motor feeder
Output voltage
DA1-12…, DA1-32…, DA1-34…, DA1-35… U2 V 3~ 0 - Ue
rated motor power
at 230 V, 50 Hz P kW 0.75 - 75
at 400 V, 50 Hz P kW 0.75 - 250
at 500 V, 60 Hz P kW 0.75 - 110
Output frequency
Range, parameterizable f2 Hz 0 - 50/60 (max. 500 Hz)
Resolution Δf Hz 0.1
Rated operating current Ie A IP20: 4.3 - 72 / 370 - 450
IP55: 24 -302
IP66: 4.3 -18
Overload current for 60 s every 600 s IL % 150
Starting current for 4 s every 40 s IL % 200
Motor cable length
screened l m 100
unscreened l m 150
with motor choke Δl % 100 (increased maximum cable length)
Switching frequency (pulse frequency) fPWM kHz 4 - 32 (double modulation) / 2 - 16 (effective)
Maximum value depends on rating
Operating mode V/Hz control, slip compensation, vector control
SLV, max. Speed error Δn % ±0.5
DC-braking
Time before starting t s 0 - 25, in the event of a stop
Motor pick-up control function Yes
Brake chopper Yes
Braking current during continuous operation IBR % 100 (Ie)
Maximum braking current IBRmax % 150 for 60 s

DA1 Variable Frequency Drives 08/18 MN04020005Z-EN www.eaton.com 145

6 Specifications
6.1 General rating data

Specifications Symbol Unit Value

Control section
Connection cross section (clampable) A mm2 0.05 - 2.5 (30 - 12 AWG)
Control voltage
Output voltage (control terminal 1) UC V DC 24
Input voltage (control terminal 1) UC V DC 18 - 30
Load rating (control terminal 1), maximum I mA 100
Reference voltage (control terminal 5) US V DC 10
Load rating (control terminal 5), maximum I mA 10
Digital input (DI)
Number (configurable) 3-5
Logic (level) Positive
Reaction time t ms <4
Input voltage range High (1) UC V DC 8 - 30
Input voltage range Low (0) UC V DC 0-4
Analogue input (AI)
Number (configurable) 0-2
Resolution 12 Bit
Accuracy % < 1 full scale
Reaction time t ms <4
Input voltage range URef V 0/-10 - +10, DC (Ri ~ 72 kΩ)
Input current range I mA 0/4 - 20 (RB ~ 500 Ω)
Setpoint potentiometer (recomm. fixed resistance) R kΩ 1 -10
Relay output (K)
Number of relays (contacts) 2 (1 N/O/1 changeover contact)
Switching capacity
AC I A 6 (250 V)
DC I A 5 (30 V)
Digital/analog output (DO/AO)
Number 2 (digital/analog)
Output voltage
DO UOut V DC +24
AO UOut V DC 0/-10 - +10
DO current carrying capacity Iout mA < 20
AO resolution 12 Bit
Interface (RJ45) OP bus, Modbus RTU, CANopen, (RS485)

146 DA1 Variable Frequency Drives 08/18 MN04020005Z-EN www.eaton.com

6 Specifications
6.1 General rating data

Specifications Symbol Unit Value

STO (Safe Torque Off)

Voltage U V DC +24 (18 - 30)
Current I mA 100
SIL category 2
PL d

DA1 Variable Frequency Drives 08/18 MN04020005Z-EN www.eaton.com 147

6 Specifications
6.2 Specific rated operational data

6.2 Specific rated operational data

6.2.1 DA1-12… series

Size Symbol Unit 4D3 7D0 011

Rated operational current Ie A 4.3 7.0 10.5

Overload current for 60 s every 600 s IL A 6.45 10.5 15.75
Apparent power at rated operation 1) 230 V S kVA 1.71 2.79 4.18
240 V S kVA 1.79 2.91 4.36
Rated motor output 230 V P kW 0.75 1.5 2.2
230 V P HP 1 2 3
Power input side (primary side):
Number of phases single-phase or two-phase
Rated voltage ULN V 200 - 10 % - 240 + 10 %, 50/60 Hz
(180 - 264 V ±0 %, 48 - 62 Hz ±0 %)
Input current (phase current) ILN A 8.5 15.2 19.5
Minimum braking resistor RB Ω 100 50 35
Switching frequency (pulse frequency)
Factory default setting fPWM kHz 16 16 16
Settings range fPWM kHz 4 - 32 4 - 32 4 - 32
Maximum leakage current to earth (PE), without IPE mA 2.49 2.49 2.49
motor
Efficiency η 0.94 0.96 0.95
Heat dissipation at Ie PV W 45.75 63 103.4
Frame size FS2 FS2 FS2

148 DA1 Variable Frequency Drives 08/18 MN04020005Z-EN www.eaton.com

6 Specifications
6.2 Specific rated operational data

6.2.2 DA1-32… series

Size Symbol Unit 4D3 7D0 011 018 024 024

Rated operational current Ie A 4.3 7.0 10.5 18 24 24

Overload current for 60 s every 600 s IL A 6.45 10.5 15.75 27 36 36
Apparent power at rated operation 230 V S kVA 1.71 2.79 4.18 7.17 9.56 9.56
240 V S kVA 1.79 2.91 4.36 7.48 9.98 9.98
Rated motor output 230 V P kW 0.75 1.5 2.2 4.0 5.5 5.5
230 V P HP 1 2 3 5 7.5 7.5
Power input side (primary side):
Number of phases three-phase
Rated voltage ULN V 200 V - 10 % - 240 V +10 %, 50/60 Hz
(180 - 264 V ±0 %, 48 - 62 Hz ±0 %)
Input current (phase current) ILN A 5.1 8.3 12.6 21.6 29.1 29.1
Minimum braking resistor RB Ω 100 50 35 20 20 20
Switching frequency (pulse frequency)
Factory default setting fPWM kHz 16 16 16 16 16 16
Settings range fPWM kHz 4 - 32 4 - 32 4 - 32 4 - 32 4 -16 4 - 16
Maximum leakage current to earth (PE), without motor IPE mA 1.73 1.73 1.73 0.93 0.93 1.42
Efficiency η 0.95 0.96 0.96 0.96 0.97 0.97
Heat dissipation at Ie PV W 39.75 61.5 90.2 160 170.5 170.5
Frame size FS2 FS2 FS2 FS3 FS3 FS4

DA1 Variable Frequency Drives 08/18 MN04020005Z-EN www.eaton.com 149

6 Specifications
6.2 Specific rated operational data

DA1-32… series
Size Symbol Unit 030 046 061 072 090 110

Rated operational current Ie A 30 46 61 72 90 110

Overload current for 60 s every 600 s at 50 °C IL A 58.5 69 91.5 108 135 165
Apparent power at rated operation 230 V S kVA 15.5 18.3 24.3 28.7 35.9 43.8
240 V S kVA 16.2 19.1 25.4 29.9 37.4 45.7
Rated motor output 230 V P kW 7.5 11 15 18.5 22 30
230 V P HP 10 15 20 25 30 40
Power input side (primary side):
Number of phases three-phase
Rated voltage ULN V 200 V - 10 % - 240 V +10 %, 50/60 Hz
(180 - 264 V ±0 %, 48 - 62 Hz ±0 %)
Input current (phase current) ILN A 36.4 55.8 70.2 82.9 103.6 126.7
Minimum braking resistor RB Ω 22 22 12 12 6 6
Switching frequency
Factory default setting fPWM kHz 8 8 8 8 8 4
Settings range fPWM kHz 4 - 24 4 - 24 4 - 24 4 - 24 4 -24 4 - 16
Maximum leakage current to earth (PE), without motor IPE mA 1.42 1.42 0.28 0.28 1.54 1.54
Efficiency η 0.97 0.97 0.97 0.97 0.97 0.97
(IP55)
0.96
(IP20)
Heat dissipation at Ie PV W 187.5 264 345 518 550 720
(IP55)
410
(IP20)
Frame size FS4 FS4 FS5 FS5 FS6 FS6

150 DA1 Variable Frequency Drives 08/18 MN04020005Z-EN www.eaton.com

6 Specifications
6.2 Specific rated operational data

DA1-32… series
Size Symbol Unit 150 180 202 248

Rated operational current Ie A 150 180 202 248

Overload current for 60 s every 600 s IL A 225 270 303 372
Apparent power at rated operation 230 V S kVA 59.8 71.7 80.5 98.8
240 V S kVA 62.4 74.8 84 103.1
Rated motor output 230 V P kW 37 45 55 75
230 V P HP 50 60 75 100
Power input side (primary side):
Number of phases three-phase
Rated voltage ULN V 200 V - 10 % - 240 V +10 %, 50/60 Hz
(180 - 264 V ±0 %, 48 - 62 Hz ±0 %)
Input current (phase current) ILN A 172.7 183.3 205.7 255.5
Minimum braking resistor RB Ω 6 6 6 6
Switching frequency (pulse frequency)
Factory default setting fPWM kHz 4 4 4 4
Settings range fPWM kHz 4 - 12 4-8 4 - 16 4 - 12
Maximum leakage current to earth (PE), without motor IPE mA 1.54 1.54 2.74 2.74
Efficiency η 0.97 0.98 0.98 0.98
Heat dissipation at Ie PV W 814 945 1100 1425
Frame size FS6 FS6 FS7 FS7

DA1 Variable Frequency Drives 08/18 MN04020005Z-EN www.eaton.com 151

6 Specifications
6.2 Specific rated operational data

6.2.3 DA1-34… series

Size Symbol Unit 2D2 4D1 5D8 9D5 014 018 024

Rated operational current Ie A 2.2 4.1 5.8 9.5 14 18 24

Overload current for 60 s every 600 s IL A 3.3 6.15 8.7 14.25 21 27 36
Apparent power at rated operation 400 V S kVA 1.52 2.84 4.02 6.58 9.7 12.5 16.6
480 V S kVA 1.83 3.41 4.8 7.9 11.6 15 20
Rated motor output 400 V P kW 0.75 1.5 2.2 4.0 5.5 7.5 11
460 V P HP 1 2 3 5 7.5 10 15
Power input side (primary side):
Number of phases three-phase
Rated voltage ULN V 380 V - 10 % - 480 V +10 %, 50/60 Hz
(342 - 528 V ±0 %, 48 - 62 Hz ±0 %)
Input current (phase current) ILN A 2.4 5.1 7.5 11.2 19 22 28.9
Minimum braking resistor RB Ω 400 200 150 100 75 50 40
Switching frequency (pulse frequency)
Factory default setting fPWM kHz 8 8 8 8 8 8 8
Settings range fPWM kHz 4 - 32 4 - 32 4 - 32 4 - 32 4 -24 4 - 24 4 - 16
Maximum leakage current to earth (PE), IPE mA 4.65 4.65 4.65 4.65 1.55 1.55 1.55
without motor
Efficiency η 0.92 0.95 0.95 0.96 0.96 0.97 0.97
Heat dissipation at Ie PV W 63.75 76.5 101.2 136 209 300 297
Frame size FS2 FS2 FS2 FS2 FS3 FS3 FS3

152 DA1 Variable Frequency Drives 08/18 MN04020005Z-EN www.eaton.com

6 Specifications
6.2 Specific rated operational data

DA1-34… series
Size Symbol Unit 024 030 039 046 061 072 090

Rated operational current Ie A 24 30 39 46 61 72 90

Overload current for 60 s every 600 s IL A 36 45 58.5 69 91.5 108 135
Apparent power at rated operation 400 V S kVA 16.6 20.8 27 31.9 42.3 49.9 62.4
480 V S kVA 20 24.9 32.4 38.2 50.7 59.9 74.8
Rated motor output 400 V P kW 11 15 18.5 22 30 37 45
460 V P HP 15 20 25 30 40 50 60
Power input side (primary side):
Number of phases three-phase
Rated voltage ULN V 380 V - 10 % - 480 V +10 %, 50/60 Hz
(342 - 528 V ±0 %, 48 - 62 Hz ±0 %)
Input current (phase current) ILN A 28.9 37.2 47 52.4 66.1 77.3 92.2
Minimum braking resistor RB Ω 40 22 22 22 12 12 6
Switching frequency (pulse frequency)
Factory default setting fPWM kHz 8 8 8 8 8 8 4
Settings range fPWM kHz 4 - 16 4 - 24 4 - 24 4 - 24 4 - 24 4 -24 4 - 16
Maximum leakage current to earth (PE), IPE mA 2.47 2.47 2.47 2.47 0.49 0.49 2.68
without motor
Efficiency η 0.97 0.97 0.97 0.97 0.97 0.97 0.97
Heat dissipation at Ie PV W 297 375 444 506 840 925 1080
Frame size FS4 FS4 FS4 FS4 FS5 FS5 FS6

DA1 Variable Frequency Drives 08/18 MN04020005Z-EN www.eaton.com 153

6 Specifications
6.2 Specific rated operational data

DA1-34… series
Size Symbol Unit 110 150 180 202 240 302 370 450

Rated operational current Ie A 110 150 180 202 240 302 370 456
Overload current for 60 s IL A 165 225 270 303 360 453 555 675
every 600 s
Apparent power at rated 400 V S kVA 76.2 104 125 140 166 209 256 311
operation
480 V S kVA 91.5 125 150 168 200 251 307 332
Rated motor output 400 V P kW 55 75 90 110 132 160 200 250
460 V P HP 75 120 150 175 200 250 300 350
Power input side
(primary side):
Number of phases three-phase
Rated voltage ULN V 380 V - 10 % - 480 V +10 %, 50/60 Hz (342 - 528 V ±0 %, 48 - 62 Hz ±0 %)
Input current ILN A 112.5 153.2 183.7 217 256 302 370 450
(phase current)
Minimum braking resistor RB Ω 6 6 6 6 6 6 2 2
Switching frequency
(pulse frequency)
Factory default setting fPWM kHz 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4
Settings range fPWM kHz 4 - 16 4 - 12 4-8 4 - 16 4 - 12 4-8 4-8 4-8
Maximum leakage current IPE mA 2.68 2.68 2.68 4.75 4.75 4.75 – –
to earth (PE), without motor
Efficiency η 0.98 0.98 0.98 0.98 0.98 0.98 – –
Heat dissipation at Ie PV W 1210 1575 1800 2090 2375 3040 4000 5000
Frame size FS6 FS6 FS6 FS7 FS7 FS7 FS8 FS8

154 DA1 Variable Frequency Drives 08/18 MN04020005Z-EN www.eaton.com

6 Specifications
6.2 Specific rated operational data

6.2.4 DA1-35… series

￫ DA1-35… devices are not covered by the declaration of

conformity.
Additional radio interference suppression filters are required for
compliance.

Size Symbol Unit 2D1 3D1 4D1 6D5 9D0 012

Rated operational current Ie A 2.1 3.1 4.1 6.5 9 12

Overload current for 60 s every 600 s at 50 °C IL A 3.15 4.65 6.15 9.75 13.5 18
Apparent power at rated operation 500 V S kVA 1.6 2.1 2.4 4.3 6 7.5
600 V S kVA 2 2.5 2.9 5.1 7.3 9
Rated motor output 500 V P kW 0.75 1.5 2.2 4 5.5 7.5
575 V P HP 1 2 3 5 7.5 10
Power input side (primary side):
Number of phases three-phase
Rated voltage ULN V 500 V -10 % - 600 V +10 %, 50/60 Hz
Input current (phase current) ILN A 2.5 3.7 4.9 7.8 10.8 14.4
Minimum braking resistor RB Ω 50 50 50 50 50 40
Switching frequency (pulse frequency)
Factory default setting fPWM kHz 8 8 8 8 8 8
Settings range fPWM kHz 4 - 24 4 - 24 4 - 24 4 - 24 4 - 24 4 - 24
Maximum leakage current to earth (PE), without motor IPE mA – – – – – –
Efficiency η 0.97 0.97 0.97 0.97 0.97 0.97
Heat dissipation at Ie PV W 22.5 45 66 120 165 225
Frame size FS2 FS2 FS2 FS2 FS2 FS3

DA1 Variable Frequency Drives 08/18 MN04020005Z-EN www.eaton.com 155

6 Specifications
6.2 Specific rated operational data

DA1-35… series
Size Symbol Unit 017 022 022 028 034 043

Rated operational current Ie A 17 22 22 28 34 43

Overload current for 60 s every 600 s IL A 25.5 33 33 42 51 64.5
Apparent power at rated operation 500 V S kVA 10.4 12.7 12.7 16 19.5 24.4
600 V S kVA 12.5 15.2 15.5 19.3 23.4 29.3
Rated motor output 500 V P kW 11 15 15 18.5 22 30
575 V P HP 15 20 20 25 30 40
Power input side (primary side):
Number of phases three-phase
Rated voltage ULN V 500 V -10 % - 600 V +10 %, 50/60 Hz
Input current (phase current) ILN A 20.6 26.7 26.7 34 41.2 53
Minimum braking resistor RB Ω 40 40 22 22 22 22
Switching frequency (pulse frequency)
Factory default setting fPWM kHz 8 8 8 8 8 8
Settings range fPWM kHz 24 24 24 24 24 24
Maximum leakage current to earth (PE), without motor IPE mA – – – – – –
Efficiency η 0.97 0.97 0.97 0.97 0.97 0.97
Heat dissipation at Ie PV W 330 450 450 555 660 850
Frame size FS3 FS3 FS4 FS4 FS4 FS4

156 DA1 Variable Frequency Drives 08/18 MN04020005Z-EN www.eaton.com

6 Specifications
6.2 Specific rated operational data

DA1-35… series
Size Symbol Unit 054 065 078 105 130 150

Rated operational current Ie A 54 65 78 105 130 150

Overload current for 60 s every 600 s IL A 81 97.5 117 157.5 195 225
Apparent power at rated operation 500 V S kVA 29.7 35.2 45.2 60.5 71.5 79.1
600 V S kVA 35.6 42.2 54.3 72.6 85.9 95
Rated motor output 500 V P kW 37 45 55 75 90 110
575 V P HP 50 60 75 100 125 150
Power input side (primary side):
Number of phases three-phase
Rated voltage ULN V 500 V -10 % - 600 V +10 %, 50/60 Hz
Input current (phase current) ILN A 62.2 75.8 90.9 108.2 162 187
Minimum braking resistor RB Ω 12 12 6 6 6 6
Switching frequency (pulse frequency)
Factory default setting fPWM kHz 8 8 4 4 4 4
Settings range fPWM kHz 4 - 24 4 - 24 4 -16 4 - 16 4 - 12 4 - 12
Maximum leakage current to earth (PE), without motor IPE mA – – – – – –
Efficiency η 0.97 0.97 0.97 0.97 0.97 0.97
Heat dissipation at Ie PV W 1110 1350 1650 2250 2700 3300
Frame size FS5 FS5 FS6 FS6 FS6 FS6

DA1 Variable Frequency Drives 08/18 MN04020005Z-EN www.eaton.com 157

6 Specifications
6.3 Dimensions and frame sizes

6.3 Dimensions and frame sizes

6.3.1 Frame sizes FS2, FS3, FS4 and FS5 for IP20

b2
⌀
⌀1
 DC- L1/L L2/N L3

⌀2

EMC

VAR
b1
b

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13

COM

14 15 16 17 18

 DC+ BR U V W

a1 c1
a c

Figure 96: Frame sizes FS2; FS3, FS4 and FS5 for IP20 (NEMA 0)

Table 22: Dimensions and weights for sizes FS2, FS3, FS4 and FS5 for IP20 (NEMA 0)
Frame size a a1 b b1 b2 c c1 ⌀1 ⌀2 m
[mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [kg]
(in) (in) (in) (in) (in) (in) (in) (in) (in) (lbs)

FS2 107 75 231 215 8 186 5 6.5 12.2 1.8

(4.2) (3) (9.1) (8.5) 0.31 (7.3) (0.2) (0.26) (0.48) (3.97)
FS3 131 100 273 255 8.5 204 5 6.5 12.2 3.5
(5.2) (3.9) (10.8) (10) 0.33 (8) (0.2) (0.26) (0.48) (7.72)
FS4 173 125 419 400 10 241 5 8 15 9.2
(6.81) (4.92) (16.5) (15.75) (0.39) (9.49) (0.2) (0.31) (0.59) (20.3)
FS5 234 175 485 460 13 261 5 8 18 18.2
(9.21) (6.89) (19.09) (18.11) (0.51) (10.28) (0.2) (0.31) (0.71) (40.1)
1 in = 1’’ = 25.4 mm, 1 mm = 0.0394 in

158 DA1 Variable Frequency Drives 08/18 MN04020005Z-EN www.eaton.com

6 Specifications
6.3 Dimensions and frame sizes

6.3.2 Sizes FS4 to FS7 for IP55

b2
⌀
⌀1

⌀2

b1
b

a1 c1
a c

Figure 97: Sizes FS4 to FS7 for IP55 (NEMA 12)

Table 23: Dimensions and weights for sizes FS4 to FS7 for IP55 (NEMA 12)

Frame size a a1 b b1 b2 c c1 ⌀1 ⌀2 m
[mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [kg]
(in) (in) (in) (in) (in) (in) (in) (in) (in) (lbs)

FS4 171 110 450 433 9 240 2 8 15 11.5

(6.7) (175) (17.7) (17.1) (0.35) (9.7) (0.79) (0.32) (0.59) (25.35)
FS5 235 175 540 520 12 270 2 8 15 22.5
(9.3) (6.9) (21.3) (20.5) (0.47) (10) (0.79) (0.32) (0.59) (49.60)
FS6 330 200 865 840 15 313.5 2 11 22 50
(13) (7.9) (34.1) (33.1) (0.59) (12.4) (0.79) (0.43) (0.87) (110.23)
FS7 330 200 1280 1255 15 341 2 11 22 80
(14.2) (7.9) (50.4) (49.5) (0.59) (13.4) (0.79) (0.43) (0.87) (176.37)
1 in = 1’’ = 25.4 mm, 1 mm = 0.0394 in

DA1 Variable Frequency Drives 08/18 MN04020005Z-EN www.eaton.com 159

6 Specifications
6.3 Dimensions and frame sizes

6.3.3 Size FS8 for IP20

30 mm
(1.18")
⌀ 15 mm
(⌀ 0.59")

30 mm
(1.18")
⌀ 35 mm
(⌀ 1.38")
2 mm
(0.08")
1006 mm (39.61")
942 mm (37.09")

130 kg
(286.6 lbs)
COM 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18

31 mm (1.22") 3 mm
11 mm
(0.43")

420 mm (16.54") (0.12") 481 mm (18.94")

482 mm (18.98")

Figure 98: Size FS8 for IP20 (NEMA 0)

Table 24: Dimensions and weights for size FS8 for IP20 (NEMA 0)
Frame size a a1 b b1 b2 c c1 ⌀1 ⌀2 m
[mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [kg]
(in) (in) (in) (in) (in) (in) (in) (in) (in) (lbs)

FS8 480 420 995 944 30 481 3 15 35 130

(18.9) (16.5) (39.2) (37.2) (1.18) (18.9) (0.12) (0.59) (1.38) (286.6)
1 in = 1’’ = 25.4 mm, 1 mm = 0.0394 in

160 DA1 Variable Frequency Drives 08/18 MN04020005Z-EN www.eaton.com

6 Specifications
6.3 Dimensions and frame sizes

6.3.4 Sizes FS2 and FS3 for IP66

⌀1

b1
⌀2
0
REV FWD

a1
OFF
PWR

b1
b
b2

a1 c
a
b1

Figure 99: Sizes FS2 and FS3 for IP66 (NEMA 4X)

Table 25: Dimensions and weights for sizes FS2 and FS3 for IP66 (NEMA 4X)
Frame size a a1 b b1 b2 c c1 ⌀1 ⌀2 m
[mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [kg]
(in) (in) (in) (in) (in) (in) (in) (in) (in) (lbs)

FS2 188 176 257 200 20 239.3 3.5 4.2 8.5 4.8
(7.4) (6.93) (10.12) (7.87) (0.79) (9.43) (0.14) (0.16) (0.33) (10.6)
FS3 211 198 310 252 25 266.3 3.5 4.2 8.5 7.3
(8.29) (7.78) (12.2) (9.9) (0.98) (10.49) (0.14) (0.16) (0.33) (16.1)
1 in = 1’’ = 25.4 mm, 1 mm = 0.0394 in

DA1 Variable Frequency Drives 08/18 MN04020005Z-EN www.eaton.com 161

6 Specifications
6.4 Cable cross-sections

6.4 Cable cross-sections

Table 26: Cable cross-sections – voltage class 230 V
Frame Input current Maximum terminal capacity Output Maximum motor cable
size current length
Device type A mm² AWG A m ft

Voltage class: 230 V

Mains voltage (50/60 Hz) ULN 200 (-10%) - 240 (+10 %) V
Ue 230 V AC, single-phase / U2 230 V AC, 3-phase
DA1-124D3… FS2 8.5 8 8 4.3 100 330
DA1-127D0… FS2 15.2 8 8 7 100 330
DA1-12011… FS2 19.5 8 8 10.5 100 330
Voltage class: 230 V
Mains voltage (50/60 Hz) ULN 200 (-10%) – 240 (+10%) V
Ue 230 V AC, 3-phase / U2 230 V AC, 3-phase
DA1-324D3… FS2 5.1 8 8 4.3 100 330
DA1-327D0… FS2 8.3 8 8 7 100 330
DA1-32011… FS2 12.6 8 8 10.5 100 330
DA1-32018… FS3 21.6 8 8 18 100 330
DA1-32024FB-A20C FS3 29.1 8 8 24 100 330
DA1-32024FB-B55C FS4 29.1 16 5 25 100 330
DA1-32030FB-B20C FS4 36.4 16 5 30 100 330
DA1-32030FB-B55C FS4 36.4 16 5 30 100 330
DA1-32046FB-B20C FS4 55.8 16 5 46 100 330
DA1-32046FB-B55C FS4 55.8 16 5 46 100 330
DA1-32060FB-B20C FS5 63.9 35 2 61 100 330
DA1-32061FB-B55C FS5 70.2 35 2 61 100 330
DA1-32072FB-B20C FS5 74 35 2 72 100 330
DA1-32072FB-B55C FS5 82.9 35 2 72 100 330
DA1-32090FB-B55C FS6 103.6 150 300MCM 90 100 330
DA1-32110FB-B55C FS6 126.7 150 300MCM 110 100 330
DA1-32150FB-B55C FS6 172.7 150 300MCM 150 100 330
DA1-32180FB-B55C FS6 183.3 150 300MCM 180 100 330
DA1-32202FB-B55C FS7 205.7 150 300MCM 202 100 330
DA1-32248FB-B55C FS7 255.5 150 300MCM 248 100 330

162 DA1 Variable Frequency Drives 08/18 MN04020005Z-EN www.eaton.com

6 Specifications
6.4 Cable cross-sections

Table 27: Cable cross-sections – voltage class 400 V

Frame Input current Maximum terminal capacity Output Maximum motor cable
size current length
Device type A mm² AWG A m ft

Voltage class: 400 V

Mains voltage (50/60 Hz) ULN 380 (-10%) – 480 (+10%) V
Ue 400 V AC, 3-phase / U2 400 V AC, 3-phase
DA1-342D2… FS2 2.4 8 8 2.2 100 330
DA1-344D1… FS2 5.1 8 8 4.1 100 330
DA1-345D8… FS2 7.5 8 8 5.8 100 330
DA1-349D5… FS2 11.2 8 8 9.5 100 330
DA1-34014… FS3 19 8 8 14 100 330
DA1-34018… FS3 21 8 8 18 100 330
DA1-34024FB-A20C FS3 28.9 8 8 24 100 330
DA1-34024FB-B55C FS4 28.9 16 5 24 100 330
DA1-34030FB-B20C FS4 37.2 16 5 30 100 330
DA1-34030FB-B55C FS4 37.2 16 5 30 100 330
DA1-34039FB-B20C FS4 47 16 5 39 100 330
DA1-34039FB-B55C FS4 47 16 5 39 100 330
DA1-34046FB-B20C FS4 52.4 16 5 46 100 330
DA1-34046FB-B55C FS4 52.4 16 5 46 100 330
DA1-34061FB-B20C FS5 66.1 35 2 61 100 330
DA1-34061FB-B55C FS5 63.8 35 2 61 100 330
DA1-34072FB-B20C FS5 77.3 35 2 72 100 330
DA1-34072FB-B55C FS5 76.4 35 2 72 100 330
DA1-34090FB-B55C FS6 92.2 150 300MCM 90 100 330
DA1-34110FB-B55C FS6 112.5 150 300MCM 110 100 330
DA1-34150FB-B55C FS6 153.2 150 300MCM 150 100 330
DA1-34180FB-B55C FS6 183.7 150 300MCM 180 100 330
DA1-34202FB-B55C FS7 217 150 300MCM 202 100 330
DA1-34240FB-B55C FS7 256 150 300MCM 240 100 330
DA1-34302FB-B55C FS7 302 150 300MCM 302 100 330
DA1-34370FB-B55C FS8 370 240 450MCM 370 100 330
DA1-34450FB-B55C FS8 450 240 450MCM 450 100 330

DA1 Variable Frequency Drives 08/18 MN04020005Z-EN www.eaton.com 163

6 Specifications
6.4 Cable cross-sections

Table 28: Cable cross-sections – voltage class 575 V

Frame Input current Maximum terminal capacity Output Maximum motor cable
size current length
Device type A mm² AWG A m ft

Voltage class: 575 V

Mains voltage (50/60 Hz) ULN 500 (-10%) - 600 (+10 %) V
Ue 575 V AC, 3-phase / U2 575 V AC, 3-phase
DA1-352D1NB-… FS2 2.5 8 8 2.1 100 330
DA1-353D1NB-… FS2 3.7 8 8 3.1 100 330
DA1-354D1NB-… FS2 4.9 8 8 4.1 100 330
DA1-356D5NB-… FS2 7.8 8 8 6.5 100 330
DA1-359D0NB-… FS2 10.8 8 8 9 100 330
DA1-35012NB-… FS3 14.4 8 8 12 100 330
DA1-35017NB-… FS3 20.6 8 8 17 100 330
DA1-35022NB-A20C FS3 26.7 8 8 22 100 330
DA1-35022NB-B55C FS4 26.7 16 5 22 100 330
DA1-35028NB-B20C FS4 34 16 5 28 100 330
DA1-35028NB-B55C FS4 34 16 5 28 100 330
DA1-35034NB-B20C FS4 41.2 16 5 34 100 330
DA1-35034NB-B55C FS4 41.2 16 5 34 100 330
DA1-35041NB-B20C FS5 53 35 2 43 100 330
DA1-35043NB-B55C FS4 53 16 5 43 100 330
DA1-35054NB-B20C FS5 59.5 35 2 54 100 330
DA1-35054NB-B55C FS5 62.2 35 2 54 100 330
DA1-35065NB-B20C FS5 70.4 35 2 65 100 330
DA1-35065NB-B55C FS5 75.8 35 2 65 100 330
DA1-35078NB-B55N FS6 90.9 150 300MCM 78 100 330
DA1-35105NB-B55N FS6 108.2 150 300MCM 105 100 330
DA1-35130NB-B55N FS6 162 150 300MCM 130 100 330
DA1-35150NB-B55N FS6 187 150 300MCM 150 100 330

164 DA1 Variable Frequency Drives 08/18 MN04020005Z-EN www.eaton.com

6 Specifications
6.5 Fuses

6.5 Fuses
The Eaton circuit-breakers and fuses listed below are examples and can be
used without additional measures. If you use other circuit-breakers and/or
fuses, make sure to take their protection characteristics and operational
voltages into account. When using other circuit-breakers, it may be
necessary to use fuses as well, depending on the circuit-breaker’s model,
design, and settings. There may also be limitations concerning the short-
circuit capacity and the supply network's characteristic, and these must also
be taken into account when selecting circuit-breakers and/or fuses.

Table 29: Safety features

Symbol Description

Circuit-breaker
FAZ-B…/1N: 1-pole + N
FAZ-B…/2: 2-pole
①
FAZ-B…/3: 3-pole
Rated operating voltage: 230/400 V AC
Switching capacity: 15 kA
Motor protection switch
PKM0…, PKZM4…: 3-pole
Rated operating voltage: 690 V AC
②
Switching capacity:
• PKM0: 150 kA to 12 A and 50 kA to 32 A
• PKZM4: 50 kA
Circuit breaker
NZMC…: 3-pole
③
Rated operating voltage: 690 V AC
Switching capacity: 36 kA
Fuse
Rated operating voltage: 500 V AC
④ Switching capacity: 50 kA
Frame size: DII, E27 / DIII, E33
Fuse base: S27… / S33…
Fuse Class J
Rated operating voltage: 600 V AC
Switching capacity: 300 kA
Fuse bases:
• up to 30 A: J60030…
⑤
• 35 - 60 A: J60060…
• 70 - 100 A: JM60100…
• 110 - 200 A: JM60200…
• 225 - 400 A: JM60400…
• 450 - 600 A: JM60600…
Fuse gG
Rated operating voltage:
• 400 V AC (NHG…B-400)
• 500 V AC (NHG…B)
• 660 V AC (NHG…B-660)
⑥
• 690 V AC (NHG…B-690)
Switching capacity: 120 kA
Size NHG…: 000 to 3
Fuse bases: NH fuse base
(SD = 1-pole, TD = 3-pole)

DA1 Variable Frequency Drives 08/18 MN04020005Z-EN www.eaton.com 165

6 Specifications
6.5 Fuses

Table 30: Specified fuses – voltage class 230 V

Input Fuse or miniature circuit-breaker
current

ILN IEC (Type B or gG) UL (Class CC or J)

Device type A A Eaton type A Eaton

A1 1 3 5 13
DILEM
A2 2 4 6 14

P1DILEM

Figure 100:Mains contactor with single-phase connection (DA1-12…)

Table 33: Mains contactors – DA1 voltage class 230 V (single-phase)

Frame Input Output Mains contactors (thermal AC1 current)
size current current
Device type A A Type max 50°C and IEC A Type max. 40°C and UL A

Voltage class: 230 V

Mains voltage (50/60 Hz) ULN 200 (-10%) - 240 (+10 %) V
Ue 230 V AC, single-phase / U2 230 V AC, 3-phase
DA1-124D3… FS2 8.5 4.3 DILEM-…+P1DILEM 50 DILEM-…+P1DILEM 50
DA1-127D0… FS2 15.2 7 DILEM-…+P1DILEM 50 DILEM-…+P1DILEM 50
DA1-12011… FS2 19.5 10.5 DILEM-…+P1DILEM 50 DILEM-…+P1DILEM 50

DA1 Variable Frequency Drives 08/18 MN04020005Z-EN www.eaton.com 169

6 Specifications
6.6 Mains contactors

Table 34: Mains contactors – DA1 voltage class 230 V (3-phase)

Frame Input Output Mains contactors (thermal AC1 current)
size current current
Device type A A Type max 50°C and IEC A Type max. 40°C and UL A

Voltage class: 230 V

Mains voltage (50/60 Hz) ULN 200 (-10%) - 240 (+10 %) V
Ue 230 V AC, 3-phase / U2 230 V AC, 3-phase
DA1-324D3… FS2 5.1 4.3 DILEM-… 20 DILEM-… 20
DA1-327D0… FS2 8.3 7 DILEM-… 20 DILEM-… 20
DA1-32011… FS2 12.6 10.5 DILEM-… 20 DILEM-… 20
DA1-32018… FS3 21.6 18 DILM17 38 DILM17 40
DA1-32024FB-A20C FS3 29.1 24 DILM17 38 DILM17 40
DA1-32024FB-B55C FS4 29.1 25 DILM17 38 DILM17 40
DA1-32030FB-B20C FS4 36.4 30 DILM17 38 DILM17 40
DA1-32030FB-B55C FS4 36.4 30 DILM17 38 DILM17 40
DA1-32046FB-B20C FS4 55.8 46 DILM40 57 DILM40 60
DA1-32046FB-B55C FS4 55.8 46 DILM40 57 DILM40 60
DA1-32060FB-B20C FS5 63.9 61 DILM50 71 DILM50 80
DA1-32061FB-B55C FS5 70.2 61 DILM50 71 DILM50 80
DA1-32072FB-B20C FS5 74 72 DILM65 88 DILM50 80
DA1-32072FB-B55C FS5 82.9 72 DILM65 88 DILM65 98
DA1-32090FB-B55C FS6 103.6 90 DILM95 125 DILM80 110
DA1-32110FB-B55C FS6 126.7 110 DILM115 142 DILM95 130
DA1-32150FB-B55C FS6 172.7 150 DILM150 180 DILM150 190
DA1-32180FB-B55C FS6 183.3 180 DILM170 200 DILM150 190
DA1-32202FB-B55C FS7 205.7 202 DILM185A 301 DILM170 225
DA1-32248FB-B55C FS7 255.5 248 DILM185A 301 DILM185A 337

170 DA1 Variable Frequency Drives 08/18 MN04020005Z-EN www.eaton.com

6 Specifications
6.6 Mains contactors

Table 35: Mains contactor – DA1 voltage class 400 V

Frame Input Output Mains contactors (thermal AC1 current)
size current current
Device type A A Type max 50°C and IEC A Type max. 40°C and UL A

Voltage class: 400 V

Mains voltage (50/60 Hz) ULN 380 (-10%) - 480 (+10 %) V
Ue 400 V AC, 3-phase / U2 400 V AC, 3-phase
DA1-342D2… FS2 2.4 2.2 DILEM-… 20 DILEM-… 20
DA1-344D1… FS2 5.1 4.1 DILEM-… 20 DILEM-… 20
DA1-345D8… FS2 7.5 5.8 DILEM-… 20 DILEM-… 20
DA1-349D5… FS2 11.2 9.5 DILEM-… 20 DILEM-… 20
DA1-34014… FS3 19 14 DILEM-… 20 DILEM-… 20
DA1-34018… FS3 21 18 DILM7 21 DILM7 22
DA1-34024FB-A20C FS3 28.9 24 DILM17 38 DILM17 40
DA1-34024FB-B55C FS4 28.9 24 DILM17 38 DILM17 40
DA1-34030FB-B20C FS4 37.2 30 DILM17 38 DILM17 40
DA1-34030FB-B55C FS4 37.2 30 DILM17 38 DILM17 40
DA1-34039FB-B20C FS4 47 39 DILM40 57 DILM40 60
DA1-34039FB-B55C FS4 47 39 DILM40 57 DILM40 60
DA1-34046FB-B20C FS4 52.4 46 DILM40 57 DILM40 60
DA1-34046FB-B55C FS4 52.4 46 DILM40 57 DILM40 60
DA1-34061FB-B20C FS5 66.1 61 DILM50 71 DILM50 80
DA1-34061FB-B55C FS5 63.8 61 DILM50 71 DILM50 80
DA1-34072FB-B20C FS5 77.3 72 DILM65 88 DILM50 80
DA1-34072FB-B55C FS5 76.4 72 DILM65 88 DILM50 80
DA1-34090FB-B55C FS6 92.2 90 DILM80 98 DILM65 98
DA1-34110FB-B55C FS6 112.5 110 DILM95 125 DILM95 130
DA1-34150FB-B55C FS6 153.2 150 DILM150 180 DILM115 160
DA1-34180FB-B55C FS6 183.7 180 DILM170 200 DILM150 190
DA1-34202FB-B55C FS7 217 202 DILM185A 301 DILM170 225
DA1-34240FB-B55C FS7 256 240 DILM185A 301 DILM185A 337
DA1-34302FB-B55C FS7 302 302 DILM225A 310 DILM185A 337
DA1-34370FB-B55C FS8 370 370 DILM300A 385 DILM250 400
DA1-34450FB-B55C FS8 450 450 DILM400 548 DILM400 612

DA1 Variable Frequency Drives 08/18 MN04020005Z-EN www.eaton.com 171

6 Specifications
6.6 Mains contactors

Table 36: Mains contactor – DA1 voltage class 575 V

Frame Input Output Mains contactors (thermal AC1 current)
size current current
Device type A A Type max 50°C and IEC A Type max. 40°C and UL A

Voltage class: 575 V

Mains voltage (50/60 Hz) ULN 500 (-10%) - 600 (+10 %) V
Ue 575 V AC, 3-phase / U2 575 V AC, 3-phase
DA1-352D1NB-… FS2 2.5 2.1 DILEM-… 20 DILEM-… 20
DA1-353D1NB-… FS2 3.7 3.1 DILEM-… 20 DILEM-… 20
DA1-354D1NB-… FS2 4.9 4.1 DILEM-… 20 DILEM-… 20
DA1-356D5NB-… FS2 7.8 6.5 DILEM-… 20 DILEM-… 20
DA1-359D0NB-… FS2 10.8 9 DILEM-… 20 DILEM-… 20
DA1-35012NB-… FS3 14.4 12 DILEM-… 20 DILEM-… 20
DA1-35017NB-… FS3 20.6 17 DILM7 21 DILM7 22
DA1-35022NB-A20C FS3 26.7 22 DILM17 38 DILM17 40
DA1-35022NB-B55C FS4 26.7 22 DILM17 38 DILM17 40
DA1-35028NB-B20C FS4 34 28 DILM17 38 DILM17 40
DA1-35028NB-B55C FS4 34 28 DILM17 38 DILM17 40
DA1-35034NB-B20C FS4 41.2 34 DILM25 43 DILM25 45
DA1-35034NB-B55C FS4 41.2 34 DILM25 43 DILM25 45
DA1-35041NB-B20C FS5 53 43 DILM40 57 DILM40 60
DA1-35043NB-B55C FS4 53 43 DILM40 57 DILM40 60
DA1-35054NB-B20C FS5 59.5 54 DILM50 71 DILM40 60
DA1-35054NB-B55C FS5 62.2 54 DILM50 71 DILM50 80
DA1-35065NB-B20C FS5 70.4 65 DILM50 71 DILM50 80
DA1-35065NB-B55C FS5 75.8 65 DILM65 88 DILM50 80
DA1-35078NB-B55N FS6 90.9 78 DILM80 98 DILM65 98
DA1-35105NB-B55N FS6 108.2 105 DILM95 125 DILM80 110
DA1-35130NB-B55N FS6 162 130 DILM150 162 DILM150 190
DA1-35150NB-B55N FS6 187 150 DILM170 200 DILM150 190

￫ Specifications on the mains contactors can be found in the main

catalog HPL, “Contactors DILEM and DILM”.

172 DA1 Variable Frequency Drives 08/18 MN04020005Z-EN www.eaton.com

6 Specifications
6.7 Mains chokes

6.7 Mains chokes

DX-LN1…

Figure 101:DEX-LN1… mains chokes (single-phase)

Table 37: Rated mains chokes – DA1 voltage class 230 V (single-phase)
Device type Frame size Input Mains choke
current ULN max. 240 V +10%
50/60 Hz ±10 %
ILN max. 50 oC

A Type A

Voltage class: 230 V

Mains voltage (50/60 Hz) ULN 200 (-10%) - 240 (+10 %) V
Ue 230 V AC, single-phase / U2 230 V AC, 3-phase
DA1-124D3FB-… FS2 8.5 DX-LN1-013 13
DA1-127D0FB-… FS2 15.2 DX-LN1-018 18
DA1-12011FB-… FS2 19.5 DX-LN1-024 24

DA1 Variable Frequency Drives 08/18 MN04020005Z-EN www.eaton.com 173

6 Specifications
6.7 Mains chokes

DX-LN3…

Figure 102:Mains chokes DEX-LN3… (3-phase)

Table 38: Rated mains chokes – DA1 voltage class 230 V (3-phase)
Frame size Input Mains choke
current ULN max. 240 V +10%
50/60 Hz ±10 %

max. 50°C
Device type A Type A

Voltage class: 230 V

Mains voltage (50/60 Hz) ULN 200 (-10%) - 240 (+10 %) V
Ue 230 V AC, 3-phase / U2 230 V AC, 3-phase
DA1-324D3… FS2 5.1 DX-LN3-006 6
DA1-327D0… FS2 8.3 DX-LN3-010 10
DA1-32011… FS2 12.6 DX-LN3-016 16
DA1-32018… FS3 21.6 DX-LN3-025 25
DA1-32024FB-A20C FS3 29.1 DX-LN3-040 40
DA1-32024FB-B55C FS4 29.1 DX-LN3-040 40
DA1-32030FB-B20C FS4 36.4 DX-LN3-040 40
DA1-32030FB-B55C FS4 36.4 DX-LN3-040 40
DA1-32046FB-B20C FS4 55.8 DX-LN3-060 60
DA1-32046FB-B55C FS4 55.8 DX-LN3-060 60
DA1-32060FB-B20C FS5 63.9 DX-LN3-080 80
DA1-32061FB-B55C FS5 70.2 DX-LN3-080 80
DA1-32072FB-B20C FS5 74 DX-LN3-080 80
DA1-32072FB-B55C FS5 82.9 DX-LN3-100 100
DA1-32090FB-B55C FS6 103.6 DX-LN3-120 120
DA1-32110FB-B55C FS6 126.7 DX-LN3-160 160
DA1-32150FB-B55C FS6 172.7 DX-LN3-200 200
DA1-32180FB-B55C FS6 183.3 DX-LN3-200 200
DA1-32202FB-B55C FS7 205.7 DX-LN3-250 250
DA1-32248FB-B55C FS7 255.5 DX-LN3-300 300

174 DA1 Variable Frequency Drives 08/18 MN04020005Z-EN www.eaton.com

6 Specifications
6.7 Mains chokes

Table 39: Rated mains chokes – DA1 voltage class 400 V (3-phase)
Frame size Input Mains choke
current ULN max. 240 V +10%
50/60 Hz ±10 %

max. 50°C
Device type A Type A

Voltage class: 400 V

Mains voltage (50/60 Hz) ULN 380 (-10%) - 480 (+10 %) V
Ue 400 V AC, 3-phase / U2 400 V AC, 3-phase
DA1-342D2… FS2 2.4 DX-LN3-004 3.9
DA1-344D1… FS2 5.1 DX-LN3-006 6
DA1-345D8… FS2 7.5 DX-LN3-010 10
DA1-349D5… FS2 11.2 DX-LN3-016 16
DA1-34014… FS3 19 DX-LN3-025 25
DA1-34018… FS3 21 DX-LN3-025 25
DA1-34024FB-A20C FS3 28.9 DX-LN3-040 40
DA1-34024FB-B55C FS4 28.9 DX-LN3-040 40
DA1-34030FB-B20C FS4 37.2 DX-LN3-040 40
DA1-34030FB-B55C FS4 37.2 DX-LN3-040 40
DA1-34039FB-B20C FS4 47 DX-LN3-050 50
DA1-34039FB-B55C FS4 47 DX-LN3-050 50
DA1-34046FB-B20C FS4 52.4 DX-LN3-060 60
DA1-34046FB-B55C FS4 52.4 DX-LN3-060 60
DA1-34061FB-B20C FS5 66.1 DX-LN3-080 80
DA1-34061FB-B55C FS5 63.8 DX-LN3-080 80
DA1-34072FB-B20C FS5 77.3 DX-LN3-080 80
DA1-34072FB-B55C FS5 76.4 DX-LN3-080 80
DA1-34090FB-B55C FS6 92.2 DX-LN3-100 100
DA1-34110FB-B55C FS6 112.5 DX-LN3-120 120
DA1-34150FB-B55C FS6 153.2 DX-LN3-160 160
DA1-34180FB-B55C FS6 183.7 DX-LN3-200 200
DA1-34202FB-B55C FS7 217 DX-LN3-250 250
DA1-34240FB-B55C FS7 256 DX-LN3-300 300
DA1-34302FB-B55C FS7 302 DX-LN3-303 303
DA1-34370FB-B55C FS8 370 DX-LN3-370 370
DA1-34450FB-B55C FS8 450 DX-LN3-450 450

DA1 Variable Frequency Drives 08/18 MN04020005Z-EN www.eaton.com 175

6 Specifications
6.7 Mains chokes

Table 40: Rated mains chokes – DA1 voltage class 500 V (3-phase)
Input Mains choke
current ULN max. 240 V +10%
50/60 Hz ±10 %

max. 50°C
Device type Frame size A Type A

Voltage class: 500 V

Mains voltage (50/60 Hz) ULN 500 (-10%) - 600 (+10 %) V
Ue 500 V AC, 3-phase / U2 500 V AC, 3-phase
DA1-352D1NB-… FS2 2.5 DX-LN3-004 3.9
DA1-353D1NB-… FS2 3.7 DX-LN3-004 3.9
DA1-354D1NB-… FS2 4.9 DX-LN3-006 6
DA1-356D5NB-… FS2 7.8 DX-LN3-010 10
DA1-359D0NB-… FS2 10.8 DX-LN3-016 16
DA1-35012NB-… FS3 14.4 DX-LN3-016 16
DA1-35017NB-… FS3 20.6 DX-LN3-025 25
DA1-35022NB-A20C FS3 26.7 DX-LN3-040 40
DA1-35022NB-B55C FS4 26.7 DX-LN3-040 40
DA1-35028NB-B20C FS4 34 DX-LN3-040 40
DA1-35028NB-B55C FS4 34 DX-LN3-040 40
DA1-35034NB-B20C FS4 41.2 DX-LN3-050 50
DA1-35034NB-B55C FS4 41.2 DX-LN3-050 50
DA1-35041NB-B20C FS5 53 DX-LN3-060 60
DA1-35043NB-B55C FS4 53 DX-LN3-060 60
DA1-35054NB-B20C FS5 59.5 DX-LN3-060 60
DA1-35054NB-B55C FS5 62.2 DX-LN3-080 80
DA1-35065NB-B20C FS5 70.4 DX-LN3-080 80
DA1-35065NB-B55C FS5 75.8 DX-LN3-080 80
DA1-35078NB-B55N FS6 90.9 DX-LN3-100 100
DA1-35105NB-B55N FS6 108.2 DX-LN3-120 120
DA1-35130NB-B55N FS6 162 DX-LN3-200 200
DA1-35150NB-B55N FS6 187 DX-LN3-200 200

￫ Please inquire about mains chokes for mains voltages > 500 V.

For more information and technical data on DX-LN…

a mains chokes, please refer to instruction leaflet
IL00906003Z.

176 DA1 Variable Frequency Drives 08/18 MN04020005Z-EN www.eaton.com

6 Specifications
6.8 Radio interference suppression filter

6.8 Radio interference suppression filter

L0AD

LINE

Figure 103:DX-EMC…-FS… (base-mounted filters with prefabricated connection cables) and

DX-EMC… (side-mounting filters) external radio interference suppression filters

DX-EMC… external radio interference suppression filters should always be

installed in the immediate proximity of the corresponding variable frequency
drive. The connection cables between the radio interference suppression
filter and the variable frequency drive should not be longer than 300 to
500 mm if they are installed without screening.

￫ The DX-EMC… radio interference suppression filters with IP20

protection listed below are intended for installation in a control
panel.

￫ Sizes DX-EMC34-400… and DX-EMC34-750… have IP00

protection.

￫ Please inquire about higher degrees of protection.

￫ For more information and technical data on DX-EMC… radio

interference suppression filters, please refer to the instruction
leaflets IL04012017Z and IL04012018Z.

￫ The maximum motor cable lengths for the C1, C2, and C3
interference categories listed below are standardized
recommended values. They apply to the adjustable switching
frequencies (fPWM) of 4 to 16 kHz (parameter P2-24) in the
corresponding ratings.

DA1 Variable Frequency Drives 08/18 MN04020005Z-EN www.eaton.com 177

6 Specifications
6.8 Radio interference suppression filter

Voltage class: 230 V

Mains voltage (50/60 Hz) ULN 200 (-10%) - 240 (+10%) V
Ue 230 V AC, single-phase / U2 230 V AC, 3-phase

Table 41: Rated radio interference suppression filter (single-phase)

Device type Frame size Input Radio interference Rated Leakage C1 C2 C3
current filter operational current
current (IEC38 +10 %)
A Type A A m m m

DA1-124D3… FS2 8.5 DX-EMC12-014-FS2 14 8 25 50 75

DA1-127D0… FS2 15.2 DX-EMC12-014-FS2 14 8 25 50 75
DA1-12011… FS2 19.5 DX-EMC12-025-FS2 25 8 25 75 100

￫ DX-EMC…-FS2: Base-mounted filter for frame size FS2

178 DA1 Variable Frequency Drives 08/18 MN04020005Z-EN www.eaton.com

6 Specifications
6.8 Radio interference suppression filter

Voltage class: 230 V

Mains voltage (50/60 Hz) ULN 200 (-10%) - 240 (+10%) V
Ue 230 V AC, 3-phase / U2 230 V AC, 3-phase

Table 42: Rated radio interference suppression filter (3-phase)

Device type Frame size Input Radio interference Rated Leakage C1 C2 C3
current filter operational current
current (IEC38 +10 %)
A Type A A m m m

DA1-324D3… FS2 5.1 DX-EMC34-016 16 21 25 50 75

DX-EMC34-016-L 16 6 5 25 50
DA1-327D0… FS2 8.3 DX-EMC34-016 16 21 25 50 75
DX-EMC34-016-L 16 6 5 25 50
DA1-32011… FS2 12.6 DX-EMC34-016 16 21 25 50 75
DX-EMC34-016-L 16 6 5 25 50
DA1-32018… FS3 21.6 DX-EMC34-030 30 29 25 50 75
DX-EMC34-030-L 30 6.5 5 25 50
DA1-32024FB-A20C FS3 29.1 DX-EMC34-030 30 29 25 50 75
DX-EMC34-030-L 30 6.5 5 25 50
DA1-32024FB-B55C FS4 29.1 DX-EMC34-030 30 29 25 50 75
DX-EMC34-030-L 30 6.5 5 25 50
DA1-32030FB-B20C FS4 36.4 DX-EMC34-042 42 30 25 50 75
DX-EMC34-042-L 42 6.5 5 25 50
DA1-32030FB-B55C FS4 36.4 DX-EMC34-042 42 30 25 50 75
DX-EMC34-042-L 42 6.5 5 25 50
DA1-32046FB-B20C FS4 55.8 DX-EMC34-075 75 22 25 50 75
DX-EMC34-075-L 75 6.5 5 25 50
DA1-32046FB-B55C FS4 55.8 DX-EMC34-075 75 22 25 50 75
DX-EMC34-075-L 75 6.5 5 25 50
DA1-32060FB-B20C FS5 63.9 DX-EMC34-075 75 22 25 50 75
DX-EMC34-075-L 75 6.5 5 25 50
DA1-32061FB-B55C FS5 70.2 DX-EMC34-075 75 22 25 50 75
DX-EMC34-075-L 75 6.5 5 25 50
DA1-32072FB-B20C FS5 74 DX-EMC34-075 75 22 25 50 75
DX-EMC34-075-L 75 6.5 5 25 50
DA1-32072FB-B55C FS5 82.9 DX-EMC34-100 100 30 25 50 75
DX-EMC34-100-L 100 6.5 5 25 50
DA1-32090FB-B55C FS6 103.6 DX-EMC34-130 130 22 25 50 75
DX-EMC34-130-L 130 6.5 5 25 50
DA1-32110FB-B55C FS6 126.7 DX-EMC34-130 130 22 25 50 75
DX-EMC34-130-L 130 6.5 5 25 50

DA1 Variable Frequency Drives 08/18 MN04020005Z-EN www.eaton.com 179

6 Specifications
6.8 Radio interference suppression filter

Device type Frame size Input Radio interference Rated Leakage C1 C2 C3

current filter operational current
current (IEC38 +10 %)
A Type A A m m m

DA1-32150FB-B55C FS6 172.7 DX-EMC34-180 180 31 25 50 75

DX-EMC34-180-L 180 7 5 25 50
DA1-32180FB-B55C FS6 183.3 DX-EMC34-250 250 37 25 50 75
DX-EMC34-250-L 250 7 5 25 50
DA1-32202FB-B55C FS7 205.7 DX-EMC34-250 250 37 25 50 75
DX-EMC34-250-L 250 7 5 25 50
DA1-32248FB-B55C FS7 255.5 DX-EMC34-400 400 60 5 25 50
DX-EMC34-400-L 400 8 5 25 50

￫ DX-EMC…-FS: DX-EMC…-FS: Base-mounted filter for the

specified frame size
DX-EMC…-L: Low leakage current

180 DA1 Variable Frequency Drives 08/18 MN04020005Z-EN www.eaton.com

6 Specifications
6.8 Radio interference suppression filter

Voltage class: 400 V

Mains voltage (50/60 Hz) ULN 380 (-10%) - 480 (+10%) V
Ue 400 V AC, 3-phase / U2 400 V AC, 3-phase

Table 43: Rated radio interference suppression filter (3-phase)

Device type Frame size Input Radio interference Rated Leakage C1 C2 C3
current filter operational current
current (IEC38 +10 %)
A Type A A m m m

DA1-344D1… FS2 5.1 DX-EMC34-016 16 21 25 50 75

DX-EMC34-016-L 16 6 5 25 50
DA1-345D8… FS2 7.5 DX-EMC34-016 16 21 25 50 75
DX-EMC34-016-L 16 6 5 25 50
DA1-349D5… FS2 11.2 DX-EMC34-016 16 21 25 50 75
DX-EMC34-016-L 16 6 5 25 50
DA1-34014… FS3 19 DX-EMC34-030 30 29 25 50 75
DX-EMC34-030-L 30 6.5 5 25 50
DA1-34018… FS3 21 DX-EMC34-030 30 29 25 50 75
DX-EMC34-030-L 30 6.5 5 25 50
DA1-34024FB-A20C FS3 28.9 DX-EMC34-030 30 29 25 50 75
DX-EMC34-030-L 30 6.5 5 25 50
DA1-34024FB-B55C FS4 28.9 DX-EMC34-030 30 29 25 50 75
DX-EMC34-030-L 30 6.5 5 25 50
DA1-34030FB-B20C FS4 37.2 DX-EMC34-042 42 30 25 50 75
DX-EMC34-042-L 42 6.5 5 25 50
DA1-34030FB-B55C FS4 37.2 DX-EMC34-042 42 30 25 50 75
DX-EMC34-042-L 42 6.5 5 25 50
DA1-34039FB-B20C FS4 47 DX-EMC34-055 55 30 25 50 75
DX-EMC34-055-L 55 6.5 5 25 50
DA1-34039FB-B55C FS4 47 DX-EMC34-055 55 30 25 50 75
DX-EMC34-055-L 55 6.5 5 25 50
DA1-34046FB-B20C FS4 52.4 DX-EMC34-055 55 30 25 50 75
DX-EMC34-055-L 55 6.5 5 25 50
DA1-34046FB-B55C FS4 52.4 DX-EMC34-055 55 30 25 50 75
DX-EMC34-055-L 55 6.5 5 25 50
DA1-34061FB-B20C FS5 66.1 DX-EMC34-075 75 22 25 50 75
DX-EMC34-075-L 75 6.5 5 25 50
DA1-34061FB-B55C FS5 63.8 DX-EMC34-075 75 22 25 50 75
DX-EMC34-075-L 75 6.5 5 25 50
DA1-34072FB-B20C FS5 77.3 DX-EMC34-100 100 30 25 50 75
DX-EMC34-100-L 100 6.5 5 25 50

DA1 Variable Frequency Drives 08/18 MN04020005Z-EN www.eaton.com 181

6 Specifications
6.8 Radio interference suppression filter

Device type Frame size Input Radio interference Rated Leakage C1 C2 C3

current filter operational current
current (IEC38 +10 %)
A Type A A m m m

DA1-34072FB-B55C FS5 76.4 DX-EMC34-100 100 30 25 50 75

DX-EMC34-100-L 100 6.5 5 25 50
DA1-34090FB-B55C FS6 92.2 DX-EMC34-100 100 30 25 50 75
DX-EMC34-100-L 100 6.5 5 25 50
DA1-34110FB-B55C FS6 112.5 DX-EMC34-130 130 22 25 50 75
DX-EMC34-130-L 130 6.5 5 25 50
DA1-34150FB-B55C FS6 153.2 DX-EMC34-180 180 31 25 50 75
DX-EMC34-180-L 180 7 5 25 50
DA1-34180FB-B55C FS6 183.7 DX-EMC34-250 250 37 25 50 75
DX-EMC34-250-L 250 7 5 25 50
DA1-34202FB-B55C FS7 217 DX-EMC34-250 250 37 25 50 75
DX-EMC34-250-L 250 7 5 25 50
DA1-34240FB-B55C FS7 256 DX-EMC34-400 400 60 5 25 50
DX-EMC34-400-L 400 8 5 25 50
DA1-34302FB-B55C FS7 302 DX-EMC34-400 400 60 5 25 50
DX-EMC34-400-L 400 8 5 25 50
DA1-34370FB-B55C FS8 370 DX-EMC34-400 400 60 5 25 50
DX-EMC34-400-L 400 8 5 25 50
DA1-34450FB-B55C FS8 450 DX-EMC34-750 750 60 5 25 50
DX-EMC34-750-L 750 8 5 25 50

￫ DX-EMC…-FS: Base-mounted filter for the specified frame size

DX-EMC…-L: Low leakage current

182 DA1 Variable Frequency Drives 08/18 MN04020005Z-EN www.eaton.com

6 Specifications
6.9 Braking resistors

6.9 Braking resistors

T1 T2
1  2

Figure 104:Examples of DX-BR… braking resistor designs

WARNING
The resistor value must not be less than the specified minimum
resistance RBmin

CAUTION

 Braking resistors get extremely hot during operation!

The following tables provide examples of DX-BR… braking resistors rated for
individual DA1 variable frequency drives. They are specified according to the
“High duty” and “Low duty” classification, for intermittent braking, with a
cycle time tC of 120 seconds, corresponding to a pulse power PPeak, which
corresponds to the maximum braking output Pmax of the variable frequency
drive with the rated motor output.
Load groups (simplified classification)
• Low duty: Low load with short braking duration and low duty factor
(up to about 25 %, e.g., for horizontal conveyors and handling equipment
for bulk cargo and general cargo, end carriages, sliding doors, and
turbomachinery (centrifugal pumps, fans).
• High duty: High load with long braking duration and high duty factor
(at least 30 %, e.g., for elevators, downhill conveyors, winders,
centrifuges, flywheel motors, and large fans.

DA1 Variable Frequency Drives 08/18 MN04020005Z-EN www.eaton.com 183

6 Specifications
6.9 Braking resistors

￫ All braking resistors feature a temperature switch for protection

against thermal overload.
This dry contact (N/C) can be directly integrated into the DA1
variable frequency drive’s control section and work as an
external fault message (control terminal 10, DI5, parameter
P9-08 = 5).

1 T1

RB ϑ

 2 T2

Exception:
Resistors DX-BR3-100 and DX-BR5-33 do not feature a circuit-
breaker. They are inserted into the corresponding recesses on
the DA1 variable frequency drive’s heat sinks (frame sizes FS2
and FS3 for IP20 and FS4 and FS5 for IP55) and are
automatically protected against thermal overloads as a result
(heat sink overtemperature, display: O- t).

￫ For more information and technical data on the DX-BR… braking

resistors listed here, please refer to the corresponding
instruction leaflet for the individual designs: IL04012024Z,
IL04011ZU, IL04014ZU, IL04015ZU and IL04021ZU.

184 DA1 Variable Frequency Drives 08/18 MN04020005Z-EN www.eaton.com

Table 44: Braking resistance – DA1 voltage class 230 V
Device type Resistor value Braking resistance (Low duty) Braking resistance (High duty)
Type Type
ED ED

Frame size
RBmin RBrec Pmax RB PDB tBrake RB PDB tBrake
Ω Ω kW Ω kW % s Ω kW % s

Voltage class: 230 V | Mains voltage (50/60 Hz) ULN 200 (-10 %) - 240 (+10 %) V | Ue 230 V AC, single-phase / U2 230 V AC, 3-phase
DA1-124D3FB-A20C FS2 25 100 0.75 DX-BR3-100 100 0.2 27 32 DX-BR100-240 100 0.24 32 38

DA1-127D0FB-A20C FS2 25 50 1.5 DX-BR3-100 100 0.2 13 16 DX-BR050-600 50 0.6 40 48

DA1-12011FB-A20C FS2 25 35 2.2 DX-BR3-100 100 0.2 9 11 DX-BR042-720 42 0.72 33 39

Voltage class: 230 V | Mains voltage (50/60 Hz) ULN 200 (-10 %) - 240 (+10 %) V | Ue 230 V AC, 3-phase / U2 230 V AC, 3-phase
DA1-324D3FB-A20C FS2 25 100 0.75 DX-BR3-100 100 0.2 27 32 DX-BR100-240 100 0.24 32 38

DA1-327D0FB-A20C FS2 25 50 1.5 DX-BR3-100 100 0.2 13 16 DX-BR050-600 50 0.6 40 48

DA1-32011FB-A20C FS2 25 35 2.2 DX-BR3-100 100 0.2 9 11 DX-BR042-720 42 0.72 33 39

DA1 Variable Frequency Drives

DA1-32018FB-A20C FS3 20 20 4 DX-BR5-33 33 0.5 13 15 DX-BR025-1440 25 1.44 36 43

DA1-32024FB-A20C FS3 20 20 5.5 DX-BR5-33 33 0.5 9 11 DX-BR025-1920 25 1.92 35 42

DA1-32024FB-B55C FS4 12 20 5.5 DX-BR5-33 33 0.5 9 11 DX-BR025-1920 25 1.92 35 42

DA1-32030FB-B55C FS4 12 22 7.5 DX-025-1440 25 1.44 19 23 DX-027-2880 27 2.88 38 46

08/18 MN04020005Z-EN
DA1-32046FB-B55C FS4 12 22 11 DX-025-1440 25 1.44 13 16 DX-BR022-5K1 22 5.1 46 56

DA1-32061FB-B55C FS5 6 12 15 2 // DX-025-1440 12.5 2.88 19 23 DX-BR012-5K1 12 5.1 34 41

DA1-32072FB-B55C FS5 6 12 18.5 2 // DX-025-1440 12.5 2.88 16 19 DX-BR012-9K2 12 9.2 50 60

www.eaton.com
DA1-32090FB-B55C FS6 6 6 22 2 // DX-BR025-1440 12.5 2.88 13 16 DX-BR012-9K2 12 9.2 42 50

DA1-32110FB-B55C FS6 3 6 30 2 // DX-BR025-1440 12.5 2.88 10 12 DX-BR012-9K2 12 9.2 31 37

DA1-32150FB-B55C FS6 3 6 37 DX-BR006-5K1 6 5.1 14 17 DX-BR006-18K1 6 18.1 49 59

DA1-32180FB-B55C FS6 3 6 45 DX-BR006-5K1 6 5.1 11 14 DX-BR006-18K1 6 18.1 40 48

DA1-32202FB-B55C FS7 3 6 55 DX-BR006-5K1 6 5.1 9 11 DX-BR006-18K1 6 18.1 33 39

DA1-32248FB-B55C FS7 3 6 75 DX-BR006-9K2 6 9.2 12 15 DX-BR006-33K 6 33 44 53

2 // DX-BR… = Two units of this model connected in parallel | 2 & DX-BR… = Two units of this model connected in series
2 // 2 & DX-BR… = Four units of this model, two sets of two connected in parallel, and the resulting two parallel links connected in series with each other
Resistance values: RBmin = minimum permitted resistance value; RBrec = recommended resistance value
Pmax = Rated power for the low duty and high duty classification

185
6.9 Braking resistors
6 Specifications
Table 45: Braking resistance – DA1 voltage class 400 V

186
Device type Resistor value Braking resistance (Low duty) Braking resistance (High duty)
Type Type
ED ED

Frame size
RBmin RBrec Pmax RB PDB tBrake RB PDB tBrake
Ω Ω kW Ω kW % s Ω kW % s
6 Specifications
6.9 Braking resistors

Voltage class: 400 V | Mains voltage (50/60 Hz) ULN 380 (-10 %) - 480 (+10 %) V | Ue 400 V AC, 3-phase / U2 400 V AC, 3-phase
DA1-342D2FB-A20C FS2 50 400 0.75 DX-BR3-100 100 0.2 27 32 DX-BR400-400 400 0.4 53 64

DA1-344D1FB-A20C FS2 50 200 1.5 DX-BR3-100 100 0.2 13 16 DX-BR216-600 216 0.6 40 48

DA1-345D8FB-A20C FS2 50 150 2.2 DX-BR3-100 100 0.2 9 11 DX-BR150-0K8 150 0.8 36 44

DA1-349D5FB-A20C FS2 50 100 4 DX-BR100-600 100 0.6 15 18 2 & DX-BR050-920 100 1.92 48 58

DA1-34014FB-A20C FS3 40 75 5.5 DX-BR100-600 100 0.6 11 13 2 & DX-BR050-920 100 1.92 35 42

DA1-34018FB-A20C FS3 40 50 7.5 DX-BR050-720 50 0.72 10 12 DX-BR050-2880 50 2.88 38 46

DA1-34024FB-A20C FS3 40 40 11 DX-BR050-920 50 0.92 9 10 DX-BR047-5K1 47 5.1 46 56

DA1 Variable Frequency Drives

DA1-34024FB-B55C FS4 22 40 11 DX-BR050-920 50 0.96 9 10 DX-BR047-5K1 47 5.1 46 56

DA1-34030FB-B55C FS4 22 22 15 DX-BR025-1440 25 1.44 10 12 DX-BR022-5K1 22 5.1 34 41

DA1-34039FB-B55C FS4 22 22 18.5 DX-BR025-1920 25 1.92 10 12 DX-BR022-9K2 22 9.2 50 60

DA1-34046FB-B55C FS4 22 22 22 DX-BR025-1920 25 1.92 9 10 DX-BR022-9K2 22 9.2 42 50

08/18 MN04020005Z-EN
DA1-34061FB-B55C FS5 12 12 30 2 // DX-BR025-1440 12.5 2.88 10 12 DX-BR012-9K2 12 9.2 31 37

DA1-34072FB-B55C FS5 12 12 37 2 // DX-BR027-1920 12.5 3.84 10 12 DX-BR012-18K1 12 18.1 49 59

DA1-34090FB-B55C FS6 6 6 45 DX-BR006-5K1 6 5.1 11 14 DX-BR006-18K1 6 18.1 40 48

www.eaton.com
DA1-34110FB-B55C FS6 6 6 55 DX-BR006-9K2 6 9.2 17 20 DX-BR006-18K1 6 18.1 33 39

DA1-34150FB-B55C FS6 6 6 75 DX-BR006-9K2 6 9.2 12 15 DX-BR006-33K3 6 33.3 44 53

DA1-34180FB-B55C FS6 6 6 90 DX-BR006-9K2 6 9.2 10 12 DX-BR006-33K3 6 33.3 37 44

DA1-34202FB-B55C FS7 6 6 110 DX-BR006-18K1 6 18.1 16 20 DX-BR012-18K1 6 36.2 33 39

DA1-34240FB-B55C FS7 6 6 132 DX-BR006-18K1 6 18.1 14 16 4 // DX-BR006-18K1 6 72.4 55 66

DA1-34302FB-B55C FS7 6 6 160 DX-BR006-18K1 6 18.1 11 14 4 // DX-BR006-18K1 6 72.4 45 54

Device type Resistor value Braking resistance (Low duty) Braking resistance (High duty)
Type Type
ED ED

Frame size
RBmin RBrec Pmax RB PDB tBrake RB PDB tBrake
Ω Ω kW Ω kW % s Ω kW % s

DA1-34370FB-B20C FS8 2 2 200 DX-BR006-33K3 6 33.3 17 20 DX-BR002-102K4 2 102.4 51 61

DA1-34450FB-B20C FS8 2 2 250 DX-BR006-33K3 6 33.3 13 16 DX-BR002-102K4 2 102.4 41 49

DA1 Variable Frequency Drives

08/18 MN04020005Z-EN
www.eaton.com
187
6.9 Braking resistors
6 Specifications
Table 46: Braking resistance – DA1 voltage class 575 V

188
Device type Resistor value Braking resistance (Low duty) Braking resistance (High duty)
Type Type
ED ED

Frame size
RBmin RBrec Pmax RB PDB tBrake RB PRD tBrake
Ω Ω kW Ω kW % s Ω kW % s
6 Specifications
6.9 Braking resistors

Voltage class: 575 V | Mains voltage (50/60 Hz) ULN 500 (-10 %) - 600 (+10 %) V | Ue 575 V AC, 3-phase / U2 575 V AC, 3-phase
DA1-352D1NB-A20C FS2 600 600 0.75 2 & DX-BR430-100 860 0.2 27 32 3 & DX-BR210-200 630 0.6 80 96

DA1-353D1NB-A20C FS2 300 300 1.5 DX-BR400-0K4 400 0.4 27 32 2 & DX-BR150-0K5 300 1 67 80

DA1-354D1NB-A20C FS2 200 200 2.2 DX-BR200-0K4 200 0.4 18 22 2 & DX-BR100-600 200 1.2 55 65

DA1-356D5NB-A20C FS2 150 150 4 DX-BR150-0K5 150 0.5 13 15 2 & DX-BR075-1K1 150 2.2 55 66

DA1-359D0NB-A20C FS2 100 100 5.5 DX-BR100-0K8 100 0.8 15 17 2 & DX-BR050-1440 100 2.88 52 63

DA1-35012NB-A20C FS3 80 80 7.5 DX-BR100-920 100 0.96 13 15 2 & DX-BR050-1440 100 2.88 38 46

DA1-35017NB-A20C FS3 50 50 11 DX-BR050-1440 50 1.44 13 16 2 & DX-BR025-1920 50 3.84 35 42

DA1 Variable Frequency Drives

DA1-35022NB-A20C FS3 33 33 15 DX-BR050-1440 50 1.44 10 12 DX-BR040-5K1 40 5.1 34 41

DA1-35022NB-B55C FS4 33 33 15 DX-BR050-1440 50 1.44 10 12 DX-BR040-5K1 40 5.1 34 41

DA1-35028NB-B55C FS4 33 33 18.5 DX-BR040-3K1 40 3.1 17 20 DX-BR047-9K2 47 9.2 50 60

DA1-35034NB-B55C FS4 22 22 22 DX-BR022-3K1 22 3.1 14 17 DX-BR022-9K2 22 9.2 42 50

08/18 MN04020005Z-EN
DA1-35043NB-B55C FS5 16 16 30 DX-BR022-5K1 22 5.1 17 20 DX-BR022-9K2 22 9.2 31 37

DA1-35054NB-B55C FS5 16 16 37 DX-BR022-5K1 22 5.1 14 17 2 & DX-BR012-9K2 24 18.4 50 60

DA1-35065NB-B55C FS5 12 12 45 DX-BR012-5K1 12 5.1 11 14 DX-BR012-18K1 12 18.1 40 48

www.eaton.com
DA1-35078NB-B55C FS6 12 12 55 DX-BR012-5K1 12 5.1 9 11 DX-BR012-18K1 12 18.1 33 39

DA1-35105NB-B55C FS6 8 8 75 DX-BR012-9K2 12 9.2 12 15 2 & DX-BR006-18K1 12 36.2 48 58

DA1-35130NB-B55C FS6 8 8 90 DX-BR012-9K2 12 9.2 10 12 2 & DX-BR006-18K1 12 36.2 40 48

DA1-35150NB-B55C FS6 8 8 110 DX-BR012-9K2 12 9.2 8 10 2 & DX-BR006-18K1 12 36.2 33 39

2 & DX-BR… Two units of this model connected in series

Resistance values: RBmin = minimum permitted resistance value; RBrec = recommended resistance value
Pmax = Rated power for the low duty and high duty classification
6 Specifications
6.10 Motor chokes

6.10 Motor chokes

Figure 105:Motor choke DX-LM3…

Table 47: Motor chokes that should be used

Device type Motor choke that should be used1)
Rated
operational
current
DA1-12… DA1-34… DA1-35…2) Type A
DA1-32…

DA1-124D3… DA1-342D2… DA1-352D1… DX-LM3-005 5

DA1-324D3… DA1-344D1… DA1-353D1… DX-LM3-005 5
DA1-354D1… DX-LM3-005 5
DA1-127D0… DA1-345D8… DA1-356D5… DX-LM3-008 8
DA1-327D0… DX-LM3-008 8
DA1-12011…3) DA1-349D5… DA1-359D0… DX-LM3-011 11
DA1-32011…3) DX-LM3-011 11
DA1-34014… DA1-35012… DX-LM3-016 16
DA1-32018.. DA1-34018… DA1-35017… DX-LM3-035 35
DA1-32024… DA1-34024… DA1-35022… DX-LM3-035 35
DA1-32030… DA1-34030… DA1-35028… DX-LM3-035 35
DA1-35034… DX-LM3-035 35
DA1-32046… DA1-34039… DA1-35043… DX-LM3-050 50
DA1-34046… DX-LM3-050 50
DA1-32061… DA1-34061… DA1-35054… DX-LM3-063 63
DA1-32072… DA1-34072… DA1-35065…. DX-LM3-080 80
DA1-35078… DX-LM3-080 80
DA1-32090… DA1-34090… DX-LM3-100 100
DA1-32110… DA1-34110… DA1-35105… DX-LM3-150 150
DA1-32150… DA1-34150… DA1-35130… DX-LM3-150 150
DA1-35150… DX-LM3-150 150
DA1-32180… DA1-34180… DX-LM3-180 180
DA1-32202… DA1-34202… DX-LM3-220 220
DA1-32248… DA1-34240… DX-LM3-260 260

DA1 Variable Frequency Drives 08/18 MN04020005Z-EN www.eaton.com 189

6 Specifications
6.10 Motor chokes

Device type Motor choke that should be used1)

Rated
operational
current
DA1-12… DA1-34… DA1-35…2) Type A
DA1-32…

DA1-34302… DX-LM3-303 303

DA1-34370…4) DX-LM3-370 370
DA1-34450…4) DX-LM3-450 450
1) Maximum ambient temperature of 50 °C for the corresponding DA1 variable frequency drive
with IP20 protection. For devices with IP55 protection: with a derating of 1.5 % per °C above
40 °C on rated operational current Ie of DA1 and DX-LM3…
2) DX-LM3… motor choke only for motor voltages (= mains voltages ULN) of up to 500 V AC
3) Above 40 °C, use DX-LM3-016 motor choke
4) Above 40 °C, with a derating of 1.5 % on rated operational current Ie of DA1 and DX-LM3…

For more information and technical data on DX-LM3…

a motor chokes, please refer to instruction leaflet
IL00906003Z.

190 DA1 Variable Frequency Drives 08/18 MN04020005Z-EN www.eaton.com

6 Specifications
6.11 Sine filters

6.11 Sine filters

Figure 106:Sine filter DX-SIN3…

￫ Sine filter DX-SIN3… should be operated only with fixed

switching frequencies.
Accordingly, the switching frequency (P2-24) must be set to the
value set in parameter P6-02 (auto temperature management)
(P2-24 = P6-02).

Permissible switching frequencies for DA1 with DX-SIN3…:

1 ≙ 8 kHz; 2 ≙12 kHz

For the DA1 variable frequency drive, the set value with the
double-modulation procedure is the double value of the
effective value in the sine filter (1 ≙ 8 kHz → 4 kHz; 2 ≙ 12 kHz
→ 6 kHz).

DA1 Variable Frequency Drives 08/18 MN04020005Z-EN www.eaton.com 191

6 Specifications
6.11 Sine filters

Table 48: Assigned sine filters (degree of protection IP00)

Device type Assigned sine filter1)
rated frequency f2 = 0 - 150 Hz
DA1-12… DA1-34… DA1-35…2) Type Rated operational Voltage drop uK at
DA1-32… current 400 V

A %

– DA1-342D2… DA1-352D1… DX-SIN3-004 4 k. A.

– – DA1-353D1… DX-SIN3-004 4 k. A.
DA1-124D3… DA1-344D1… DA1-354D1… DX-SIN3-010 10 7
DA1-127D0… DA1-345D8… DA1-356D5… DX-SIN3-010 10 7
DA1-324D3… DA1-349D5… DA1-359D0… DX-SIN3-010 10 7
DA1-327D0… – – DX-SIN3-010 10 7
DA1-12011…3) DA1-34014… DA1-35012… DX-SIN3-016 16.5 7.5
DA1-32011…3) – – DX-SIN3-016 16.5 7.5
DA1-32018… DA1-34018… DA1-35017… DX-SIN3-023 23.5 8
– DA1-34024… DA1-35022… DX-SIN3-023 23.5 8
DA1-32024… DA1-34030... DA1-35028… DX-SIN3-032 32 8.7
DA1-32030… – – DX-SIN3-032 32 8.7
DA1-32046… DA1-34039… DA1-35034… DX-SIN3-048 48 7.8
– DA1-34046… DA1-35041.. DX-SIN3-048 48 7.8
– – DA1-35043… DX-SIN3-048 48 7.8
DA1-32060… DA1-34061… DA1-35054… DX-SIN3-061 61 8.3
DA1-32061... – – DX-SIN3-061 61 8.3
DA1-32072… – DA1-35065… DX-SIN3-072 72 7.5
DA1-32090… DA1-32072… DA1-35078… DX-SIN3-090 90 10
– DA1-34090… – DX-SIN3-090 90 10
DA1-32110… DA1-34110… DA1-35105… DX-SIN3-115 115 11
DA1-32150… DA1-34150… DA1-35130… DX-SIN3-150 150 10.2
DA1-32180… DA1-34180… DA1-35150… DX-SIN3-180 180 7.5
DA1-32202… DA1-34202… – DX-SIN3-250 250 7.5
DA1-32248… DA1-34240… – DX-SIN3-250 250 7.5
– DA1-34302… – DX-SIN3-440 440 7.5
– DA1-34370… – DX-SIN3-440 440 7.5
– DA1-34450… – DX-SIN3-480 480 7
1) Maximum permissible ambient air temperature: + 50 °C; maximum permissible motor voltage U2max: 520 V
2) Sine filter DX-SIN3… only for (= supply voltage ULN) of up to 500 V AC
3) DA1-12011… and DA1-32011… for load currents (rated motor current) of up to 10 A

For more information and technical data on DX-SIN3…

a sine filters, please refer to instruction leaflet
IL00906001Z.

192 DA1 Variable Frequency Drives 08/18 MN04020005Z-EN www.eaton.com

6 Specifications
6.12 All-pole sine filter

6.12 All-pole sine filter

￫ Please inquire for DX-SIN3-…-A all-pole sine filters for motor

currents of up to 180 A.

All-pole sine filters make it possible to reduce differential-mode and

common-mode interference at the variable frequency drive output when
using extremely long motor cable lengths. This makes it possible to eliminate
the bearing currents, caused by common-mode voltage, between the motor
windings’ neutral point and earth potential, extending the motor’s lifespan.
DX-SIN3-…-A all-pole sine filters also require being connected to DC+ (or +)
and DC- (or -) on the internal DC link in DA1 variable frequency drives.
They can be used
• for fixed switching frequencies ≧ 8 kHz (P2-24, double modulation),
• Output voltage U2max to 500 V,
• Rotating field frequencies (f2) of 0 to 60 Hz.
They make it possible to forego the use of screened motor cables.

￫ DX-SIN3-…-A all-pole sine filters may be operated only with

fixed switching frequencies.
Accordingly, the switching frequency (P2-24) must be set to the
value set in parameter P6-02 (auto temperature management)
(P2-24 = P6-02).

Permissible switching frequencies for DA1 with DX-SIN3…:

1 ≙ 8 kHz; 2 ≙12 kHz

For the DA1 variable frequency drive, the set value with the
double-modulation procedure is the double value of the
effective value in the sine filter (1 ≙ 8 kHz → 4 kHz; 2 ≙ 12 kHz
→ 6 kHz).

DA1 Variable Frequency Drives 08/18 MN04020005Z-EN www.eaton.com 193

6 Specifications
6.12 All-pole sine filter

Table 49: Rated all-pole sine filters (IP20 protection)

Device type Rated sine filter1), rated frequency f2 = 0 - 150 Hz
DA1-34… Type Rated operational Voltage drop uK at
current 400 V
A %

DA1-342D2… DX-SIN3-005-A 5 5
DA1-344D1… DX-SIN3-005-A 5 5
DA1-345D8… DX-SIN3-013-A 13 5
DA1-349D5… DX-SIN3-013-A 13 5
DA1-34014… DX-SIN3-024-A 24 5
DA1-34018… DX-SIN3-024-A 24 5
DA1-34024… DX-SIN3-024-A 24 5
DA1-34030… DX-SIN3-046-A 46 5
DA1-34039… DX-SIN3-046-A 46 5
DA1-34046… DX-SIN3-046-A 46 5
DA1-34061… DX-SIN3-062-A 62 5
DA1-34072… DX-SIN3-075-A 75 5
DA1-34090… DX-SIN3-150-A 150 5
DA1-34110… DX-SIN3-150-A 150 5
DA1-34150… DX-SIN3-150-A 150 5

194 DA1 Variable Frequency Drives 08/18 MN04020005Z-EN www.eaton.com

7 Accessories
7.1 List of accessories

7 Accessories

7.1 List of accessories

Type Description Document

DX-KEY-.... External operating panel AP040022

DXA-EXT-3 RO Adds three relay outputs IL040006ZU
DXA-EXT-3Dl1RO Adds three digital inputs and one relay output IL040007ZU
DXA-EXT-ENCOD Dual-channel encoder module for using closed-loop vector AP040028DE
control
DX-NET-SWD1 Interface card for connecting to a SmartWire-DT network MN04012009Z
DX-COM-STICK3-KIT Parameter copying stick for establishing a Bluetooth MN040003
connection to PC software, smartphone app IL040051ZU
DX-CBL-PC-3M0 Wired communication between DA1 and PC MN040003
IL040025ZU
DX-SPL-R145-2SL1PL RJ45, 8-pole, splitter, two sockets, one plug on short lL04012023Z
connection cable
DX-SPL-RJ45-3SL RJ45, 8-pole, splitter, three sockets lL04012023Z
DX-EMC-MNT... EMC cable bracket. lL040010ZU
Can be used to route and secure cables in the connection
area
drivesConnect PC parameter configuration software for variable frequency MN040003
drives, with integrated oscilloscope function, drive control
function, and function block creation for DA1

DA1 Variable Frequency Drives 08/18 MN04020005Z-EN www.eaton.com 195

7 Accessories
7.1 List of accessories

196 DA1 Variable Frequency Drives 08/18 MN04020005Z-EN www.eaton.com

Alphabetical index
A D
Abbreviations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 DC link coupling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100
AC supply systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47, 49 DC link voltage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195 Delta circuit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
Adjust parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136 Delta network . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
After Sales Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43 Derating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
Air circulation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81 Designation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
Air cooling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81 Digital input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116
All-pole sine filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193 Digital output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118
Alternating current motors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67 Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158
Analog input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117 Disconnecting device . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
Analog output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117 Double modulation method . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191
Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80 Drive system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
Example . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
B drivesConnect . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119
Baffle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83 DX-COM-STICK3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Base-mounted filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177 DX-KEY-LED2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134
Blanking plate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27 DX-KEY-OLED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134
Block diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122
Braking resistors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183 E
Break-Down Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43 Earth-fault protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93
Brushless DC motors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67 EASY-NT-R . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120
Bus termination resistor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120 Efficiency classes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
Bypass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55 Electrical Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98
EMC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91, 94
C EMC mounting adapter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86
Cable brackets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96 Enclosure versions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79
Cable clamps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96 Engineering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
Cable cross-sections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52 Equipment supplied . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
Cable glands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109 Error messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137
Cable routing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92 ESD measures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112
CANopen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120 External control voltage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119
Ceramic fuses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165
Change protocol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 F
Checklist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129 Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
Circuit type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64 Fixing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85
Commissioning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131 Fuses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51, 165
Communication module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67, 99, 112 G
Connection terminals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105 General installation diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97
Control panel installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88 Ground contact currents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98
Control section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112 Grounding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93
Control signal terminals . . . . . . . . . . . 112, 113, 121
Cooling measures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81

DA1 Variable Frequency Drives 08/18 MN04020005Z-EN www.eaton.com 197

H P
Hazard warnings Parallel connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34, 65
for operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130 Parameter manual . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
of material damage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 PDS (Power Drives System) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
of personal injury . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 Permanent magnet motors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
Heat dissipation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84 Position of installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81
Heat Losses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82, 84 Power factor correction equipment . . . . . . . . . . 50
Power section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99
I Power supply . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
Inching operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54 Protection against electric shock . . . . . . . . . . . 128
Info card . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25 Protective earth . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93
Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38 Push-to-run operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131
Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79
Installation instructions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79 R
Installation position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79 Radio interference filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177
Insulation tests . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127 Rated motor current . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
Internal DC link capacitors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43 Rated operational data . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15, 143, 148
Internet addresses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 Rated output current . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
Rating plate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15, 64
L Example . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
Leakage currents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53, 91 Reference voltage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133
LED display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134 Relay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118
Load groups . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183 Residual current circuit breaker . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
Residual Current Device . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
M RJ45 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120
M/C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17 RS485 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120
Examples . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
Mains chokes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173, 174, 175, 176 S
Mains contactors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54 Safe stop . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77
Mains supply voltages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 Safe Torque Off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
Mains voltage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48 Safety features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165
Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38, 77 Safety Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69
Modbus RTU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120 Screen braid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107
Motor cable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107 Screened cable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95
Motor chokes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189 Screened motor cable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108
Motor earthing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93 Screws . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86
Motor selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63 Selection criteria . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
Motor terminal box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107 Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148
Mounting dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86 Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
Mounting rail . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86 Shielding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95
Side-mounting filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177
N Signal cables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92
Network configurations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47 Sine filters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191
Sine wave filters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
O Sizes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158
Openings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111 Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143
Operating unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134 Standards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69, 128
Star connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
STO function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
STO terminals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114

198 DA1 Variable Frequency Drives 08/18 MN04020005Z-EN www.eaton.com

STO-compatible installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
Storage temperature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
Stripping lengths . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106
Supply data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113
Switching frequency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62, 177
Synchronous reluctance motors . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
System overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12

T
Terminal bolts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104
Terminal capacities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112
THD (Total Harmonic Distortion) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
Three-phase motor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63, 64, 132
Tightening torques . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86, 106

U
Units of measurement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
Use, intended . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37

V
VAR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95
Voltage balance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
Voltage classes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29

W
Warranty . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43

DA1 Variable Frequency Drives 08/18 MN04020005Z-EN www.eaton.com 199

EM10&EM15 Series User Manual V1.0.17 - A6
No ratings yet
EM10&EM15 Series User Manual V1.0.17 - A6
129 pages
Moeller Df51 Manual
100% (1)
Moeller Df51 Manual
241 pages
Variadores de Velocidad Tipo PowerXL DC1
No ratings yet
Variadores de Velocidad Tipo PowerXL DC1
179 pages
Eaton Inverter
No ratings yet
Eaton Inverter
189 pages
Manual PowetXL Eaton en
No ratings yet
Manual PowetXL Eaton en
172 pages
Titan GS Series User Manual
100% (1)
Titan GS Series User Manual
182 pages
Vsa Im
No ratings yet
Vsa Im
276 pages
Eaton Electronic Motor Starter Ems2 Manual Mn034003en Us
No ratings yet
Eaton Electronic Motor Starter Ems2 Manual Mn034003en Us
63 pages
Combined Convection and Radiation PDF
100% (4)
Combined Convection and Radiation PDF
62 pages
Airdryer Display
No ratings yet
Airdryer Display
539 pages
Moeller DF5 Manual PDF
0% (1)
Moeller DF5 Manual PDF
140 pages
Drive Ac Eaton
No ratings yet
Drive Ac Eaton
175 pages
Gefran SIEI AGyL Manual
100% (1)
Gefran SIEI AGyL Manual
45 pages
nvf2gs Series
No ratings yet
nvf2gs Series
115 pages
Powerxl dc1 Enhanced Installation Manual Mn040023en
No ratings yet
Powerxl dc1 Enhanced Installation Manual Mn040023en
197 pages
AP040044EN SPI Application and Selection
No ratings yet
AP040044EN SPI Application and Selection
31 pages
Da 1
No ratings yet
Da 1
228 pages
C030 - Install Manual - EVM
No ratings yet
C030 - Install Manual - EVM
31 pages
AP040035EN DC1 I O Configuration
No ratings yet
AP040035EN DC1 I O Configuration
20 pages
MN05002008Z en - 2011 02
No ratings yet
MN05002008Z en - 2011 02
190 pages
EATON-EMS-EN de en
No ratings yet
EATON-EMS-EN de en
64 pages
Acs108 6sn PDF
No ratings yet
Acs108 6sn PDF
14 pages
Eaton MN040022 en
No ratings yet
Eaton MN040022 en
53 pages
Moller PDF
No ratings yet
Moller PDF
132 pages
MN04020003Z en
No ratings yet
MN04020003Z en
194 pages
Manual Convertizor
100% (1)
Manual Convertizor
236 pages
Titan P Series User Manual
No ratings yet
Titan P Series User Manual
197 pages
Easy 800 Manual
No ratings yet
Easy 800 Manual
351 pages
Ge Alpha RT Mammografo Instalation Instructions PDF
No ratings yet
Ge Alpha RT Mammografo Instalation Instructions PDF
99 pages
Moller PDF
No ratings yet
Moller PDF
132 pages
Inverter Technical Manual
No ratings yet
Inverter Technical Manual
74 pages
Powerxl Dc1 Variable Frequency Drives Parameter Manual
No ratings yet
Powerxl Dc1 Variable Frequency Drives Parameter Manual
47 pages
Powerxl Dc1 Enhanced Application Manual Mn040022en
No ratings yet
Powerxl Dc1 Enhanced Application Manual Mn040022en
50 pages
Section-4. Technical Specification For 220kv Switchyard
No ratings yet
Section-4. Technical Specification For 220kv Switchyard
140 pages
Powerxl Dx-Net-Ethernet-2 Field Bus Connection Ethernet/Ip For Variable Frequency Drives Da1
No ratings yet
Powerxl Dx-Net-Ethernet-2 Field Bus Connection Ethernet/Ip For Variable Frequency Drives Da1
58 pages
FZP 5G2s
100% (1)
FZP 5G2s
92 pages
MN04012002Z en
No ratings yet
MN04012002Z en
126 pages
MMS e 1401
No ratings yet
MMS e 1401
52 pages
Riello Multiplus Ups Series 100 120 Manual
No ratings yet
Riello Multiplus Ups Series 100 120 Manual
45 pages
XC-303 MN050005 - en PDF
No ratings yet
XC-303 MN050005 - en PDF
161 pages
DF6 Manual PDF
No ratings yet
DF6 Manual PDF
184 pages
MFD
No ratings yet
MFD
539 pages
Frigorífico Daewoo fr2701 y fr2702
No ratings yet
Frigorífico Daewoo fr2701 y fr2702
18 pages
GE VAT20 Manual 200401
No ratings yet
GE VAT20 Manual 200401
49 pages
IS5 English V2.1 - 0309A4
No ratings yet
IS5 English V2.1 - 0309A4
203 pages
GE LP33 Series 10 4OKVA Technical Instructions
No ratings yet
GE LP33 Series 10 4OKVA Technical Instructions
95 pages
User Manual: HGM4000N
No ratings yet
User Manual: HGM4000N
53 pages
DM4 340 22K SOFTSTARTER 22kW MOELLER MANUAL - 230612 - 181925
No ratings yet
DM4 340 22K SOFTSTARTER 22kW MOELLER MANUAL - 230612 - 181925
223 pages
MOELLER DF4-341-55k PDF
No ratings yet
MOELLER DF4-341-55k PDF
173 pages
Mitsubhishi S500 Manual
No ratings yet
Mitsubhishi S500 Manual
200 pages
PIP-GE Manual (PF1.0)
No ratings yet
PIP-GE Manual (PF1.0)
35 pages
Schneider
No ratings yet
Schneider
118 pages
Understanding The Basics of Wye Transformer Calculations
100% (1)
Understanding The Basics of Wye Transformer Calculations
3 pages
FR-F700-NA (North American Version Applied Manual) - Ib0600217engb
No ratings yet
FR-F700-NA (North American Version Applied Manual) - Ib0600217engb
270 pages
rd11 Manualv1
No ratings yet
rd11 Manualv1
58 pages
Moeller df51 Manual PDF
0% (2)
Moeller df51 Manual PDF
241 pages
Invers or
No ratings yet
Invers or
24 pages
Moeller Dv51 Manual
No ratings yet
Moeller Dv51 Manual
162 pages
FM50 Manual V10
No ratings yet
FM50 Manual V10
65 pages
Manual Lms 4
0% (1)
Manual Lms 4
156 pages
F 700 Users Manual
No ratings yet
F 700 Users Manual
270 pages
Mitsubishi FR-F700 Manual
No ratings yet
Mitsubishi FR-F700 Manual
280 pages
Karcher K2 PDF
No ratings yet
Karcher K2 PDF
24 pages
Cxdi 501c Users Manual L Ie 4177
No ratings yet
Cxdi 501c Users Manual L Ie 4177
36 pages
M6847 MH8517 UserGuide v1 2
No ratings yet
M6847 MH8517 UserGuide v1 2
16 pages
CDI-SPD Solar Pump Inverter Manuel 2
No ratings yet
CDI-SPD Solar Pump Inverter Manuel 2
32 pages
Eaton - XVC676-10 - MN04802018Z - EN
No ratings yet
Eaton - XVC676-10 - MN04802018Z - EN
60 pages
Inversor Moeller
No ratings yet
Inversor Moeller
45 pages
Bomba Watson Marlow PDF
No ratings yet
Bomba Watson Marlow PDF
13 pages
Sinus N Quick Start Guide r01 en It
No ratings yet
Sinus N Quick Start Guide r01 en It
16 pages
Powerflex 4M Adjustable Frequency Ac Drives: Technical Data
No ratings yet
Powerflex 4M Adjustable Frequency Ac Drives: Technical Data
20 pages
Loewe SUB800
No ratings yet
Loewe SUB800
48 pages
MN040019 en
No ratings yet
MN040019 en
77 pages
3amp Smart Power Supply
No ratings yet
3amp Smart Power Supply
2 pages
NVF2G-S User Manual
No ratings yet
NVF2G-S User Manual
116 pages
ESA620 Data Sheet
No ratings yet
ESA620 Data Sheet
4 pages
Pfeiffer Vacuum Hena 400 & 630 Operating Manual
No ratings yet
Pfeiffer Vacuum Hena 400 & 630 Operating Manual
39 pages
Datasheet - Eve Single - 0
No ratings yet
Datasheet - Eve Single - 0
10 pages
Final BOM of Panels
No ratings yet
Final BOM of Panels
25 pages
OSRAM PJU 2 in 1
No ratings yet
OSRAM PJU 2 in 1
1 page
Products Specification NDB6AZ 63H
No ratings yet
Products Specification NDB6AZ 63H
6 pages
FBK Operating Manual (2019-11) IT
No ratings yet
FBK Operating Manual (2019-11) IT
31 pages
IM Akai Alarm Clock
No ratings yet
IM Akai Alarm Clock
16 pages
Brandon - QUASAR - Operatinf and Maintenance Manual
No ratings yet
Brandon - QUASAR - Operatinf and Maintenance Manual
44 pages
30 Kva DG Set
No ratings yet
30 Kva DG Set
11 pages
DC 300
No ratings yet
DC 300
49 pages
Desing & Management of Electrical Instalations
From Everand
Desing & Management of Electrical Instalations
Elvins Aguilar
No ratings yet
Analog Dialogue Volume 46, Number 1: Analog Dialogue, #5
From Everand
Analog Dialogue Volume 46, Number 1: Analog Dialogue, #5
Analog Dialogue
5/5 (1)
Safe Use of Smart Devices in Systems Important to Safety in Nuclear Power Plants
From Everand
Safe Use of Smart Devices in Systems Important to Safety in Nuclear Power Plants
IAEA
No ratings yet
Principles of Circuit Breakers and Switchgear: Definitive Reference for Developers and Engineers
From Everand
Principles of Circuit Breakers and Switchgear: Definitive Reference for Developers and Engineers
Richard Johnson
No ratings yet

Note: This service is not intended for secure transactions such as banking, social media, email, or purchasing. Use at your own risk. We assume no liability whatsoever for broken pages.